6658 lines
225 KiB
Groff
6658 lines
225 KiB
Groff
'\" t
|
|
.\" $XTermId: xterm.man,v 1.569 2013/07/05 20:35:30 tom Exp $
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" Copyright 1996-2012,2013 by Thomas E. Dickey
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" All Rights Reserved
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a
|
|
.\" copy of this software and associated documentation files (the
|
|
.\" "Software"), to deal in the Software without restriction, including
|
|
.\" without limitation the rights to use, copy, modify, merge, publish,
|
|
.\" distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of the Software, and to
|
|
.\" permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so, subject to
|
|
.\" the following conditions:
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
|
|
.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
|
.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
|
|
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
|
|
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE ABOVE LISTED COPYRIGHT HOLDER(S) BE LIABLE FOR ANY
|
|
.\" CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT,
|
|
.\" TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE
|
|
.\" SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name(s) of the above copyright
|
|
.\" holders shall not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the
|
|
.\" sale, use or other dealings in this Software without prior written
|
|
.\" authorization.
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" Copyright 1989 The Open Group
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" Permission to use, copy, modify, distribute, and sell this software and its
|
|
.\" documentation for any purpose is hereby granted without fee, provided that
|
|
.\" the above copyright notice appear in all copies and that both that
|
|
.\" copyright notice and this permission notice appear in supporting
|
|
.\" documentation.
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included
|
|
.\" in all copies or substantial portions of the Software.
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS
|
|
.\" OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF
|
|
.\" MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT.
|
|
.\" IN NO EVENT SHALL THE OPEN GROUP BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR
|
|
.\" OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE,
|
|
.\" ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR
|
|
.\" OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" Except as contained in this notice, the name of The Open Group shall
|
|
.\" not be used in advertising or otherwise to promote the sale, use or
|
|
.\" other dealings in this Software without prior written authorization
|
|
.\" from The Open Group.
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" updated by Thomas E. Dickey for XFree86, July 1996 - February 2006.
|
|
.\"
|
|
.ds N Xterm
|
|
.ds n xterm
|
|
.\"
|
|
.\" Bulleted paragraph
|
|
.de bP
|
|
.IP \(bu 4
|
|
..
|
|
.\" these would be fallbacks for DS/DE,
|
|
.\" but groff changed the meaning of the macros.
|
|
.de NS
|
|
.sp
|
|
.in +4
|
|
.nf
|
|
.ft C \" Courier
|
|
..
|
|
.de NE
|
|
.fi
|
|
.ft P
|
|
.in -4
|
|
..
|
|
.\" Escape single quotes in literal strings from groff's Unicode transform.
|
|
.ie \n(.g .ds AQ \(aq
|
|
.el .ds AQ '
|
|
.ie \n(.g .ds `` \(lq
|
|
.el .ds `` ``
|
|
.ie \n(.g .ds '' \(rq
|
|
.el .ds '' ''
|
|
.TH XTERM 1 "__app_date__" "__app_version__" "X Window System"
|
|
.SH NAME
|
|
xterm \- terminal emulator for X
|
|
.SH SYNOPSIS
|
|
.B \*n
|
|
[\-\fItoolkitoption\fP ...] [\-\fIoption\fP ...] [\fIshell\fP]
|
|
.SH DESCRIPTION
|
|
The \fI\*n\fP program is a terminal emulator for the X Window System.
|
|
It provides DEC VT102/VT220 and selected features from higher-level
|
|
terminals such as VT320/VT420/VT520 (VTxxx).
|
|
It also provides Tektronix 4014 emulation
|
|
for programs that cannot use the window system directly.
|
|
If the underlying operating system supports
|
|
terminal resizing capabilities (for example, the SIGWINCH signal in systems
|
|
derived from 4.3bsd), \fI\*n\fP will use the facilities to notify programs
|
|
running in the window whenever it is resized.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The VTxxx and Tektronix 4014 terminals each have their own window so that you
|
|
can edit text in one and look at graphics in the other at the same time.
|
|
To maintain the correct aspect ratio (height/width), Tektronix graphics will
|
|
be restricted to the largest box with a 4014's aspect ratio that will fit in
|
|
the window.
|
|
This box is located in the upper left area of the window.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Although both windows may be displayed at the same time, one of them is
|
|
considered the \*(``active\*('' window for receiving keyboard input and terminal
|
|
output.
|
|
This is the window that contains the text cursor.
|
|
The active window can be chosen through escape sequences,
|
|
the \*(``VT Options\*('' menu in the VTxxx window, and the \*(``Tek Options\*(''
|
|
menu in the 4014 window.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH EMULATIONS
|
|
The VT102 emulation is fairly complete, but does not support
|
|
autorepeat.
|
|
Double-size characters are displayed properly if your font server supports
|
|
scalable fonts.
|
|
The VT220 emulation does not support soft fonts, it is otherwise complete.
|
|
.IR Termcap (5)
|
|
entries that work with
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
include
|
|
an optional platform-specific entry (\*(``__default_termname__\*(''),
|
|
\*(``xterm\*('',
|
|
\*(``vt102\*('',
|
|
\*(``vt100\*('',
|
|
\*(``ansi\*('' and
|
|
\*(``dumb\*(''.
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
automatically searches the termcap file in this order for these entries and then
|
|
sets the \*(``TERM\*('' and the \*(``TERMCAP\*('' environment variables.
|
|
You may also use \*(``vt220\*('', but must set the terminal emulation level
|
|
with the \fBdecTerminalID\fP resource.
|
|
(The \*(``TERMCAP\*('' environment variable is not set if \fI\*n\fP is linked
|
|
against a terminfo library, since the requisite information is not provided
|
|
by the termcap emulation of terminfo libraries).
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Many of the special
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
features may be modified under program control
|
|
through a set of escape sequences different from the standard VT102 escape
|
|
sequences.
|
|
(See the
|
|
.I "Xterm Control Sequences"
|
|
document.)
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The Tektronix 4014 emulation is also fairly good.
|
|
It supports 12-bit graphics addressing, scaled to the window size.
|
|
Four different font sizes and five different lines types are supported.
|
|
There is no write-through or defocused mode support.
|
|
The Tektronix text and graphics commands are recorded internally by
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
and may be written to a file by sending the COPY escape sequence (or through
|
|
the
|
|
.B Tektronix
|
|
menu; see below).
|
|
The name of the file will be
|
|
\*(``\fBCOPY\fIyyyy\fB\-\fIMM\fB\-\fIdd\fB.\fIhh\fB:\fImm\fB:\fIss\fR\*('', where
|
|
.IR yyyy ,
|
|
.IR MM ,
|
|
.IR dd ,
|
|
.IR hh ,
|
|
.I mm
|
|
and
|
|
.I ss
|
|
are the year, month, day, hour, minute and second when the COPY was performed
|
|
(the file is created in the directory
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
is started in, or the home directory for a login
|
|
.IR \*n ).
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Not all of the features described in this manual are necessarily available in
|
|
this version of \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
Some (e.g., the non-VT220 extensions) are available
|
|
only if they were compiled in, though the most commonly-used are in the
|
|
default configuration.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH "OTHER FEATURES"
|
|
.I Xterm
|
|
automatically highlights the text cursor when the
|
|
pointer enters the window (selected) and unhighlights it when the pointer
|
|
leaves the window (unselected).
|
|
If the window is the focus window, then the text cursor is
|
|
highlighted no matter where the pointer is.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
In VT102 mode, there are escape sequences to activate and deactivate
|
|
an alternate screen buffer, which is the same size as the display area
|
|
of the window.
|
|
When activated, the current screen is saved and replaced with the alternate
|
|
screen.
|
|
Saving of lines scrolled off the top of the window is disabled until the
|
|
normal screen is restored.
|
|
The
|
|
.IR termcap (5)
|
|
entry for
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
allows the visual editor
|
|
.IR vi (1)
|
|
to switch to the alternate screen for editing and to restore the screen
|
|
on exit.
|
|
A popup menu entry makes it simple to switch between the normal and
|
|
alternate screens for cut and paste.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
In either VT102 or Tektronix mode, there are escape sequences to change the
|
|
name of the windows.
|
|
Additionally, in VT102 mode,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP implements the window-manipulation control
|
|
sequences from \fIdtterm\fP, such as resizing the window, setting its location
|
|
on the screen.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.I Xterm
|
|
allows character-based applications to receive mouse events (currently
|
|
button-press and release events, and button-motion events)
|
|
as keyboard control sequences.
|
|
See \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP for details.
|
|
.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH OPTIONS
|
|
The \fI\*n\fP terminal emulator
|
|
accepts the standard X Toolkit command line options as well as
|
|
many application-specific options.
|
|
If the option begins with a
|
|
.RB ` + '
|
|
instead of a
|
|
.RB ` \- ',
|
|
the option is restored to its default value.
|
|
The \fB\-version\fP and \fB\-help\fP options are interpreted even if \fI\*n\fP
|
|
cannot open the display, and are useful for testing and configuration scripts.
|
|
Along with \fB\-class\fP, they are checked before other options.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-version
|
|
This causes \fI\*n\fP to print a version number to the standard output,
|
|
and then exit.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-help
|
|
This causes \fI\*n\fP to print out a verbose message describing its options,
|
|
one per line.
|
|
The message is written to the standard output.
|
|
After printing the message, \fI\*n\fP exits.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP generates this message, sorting it and noting whether
|
|
a \*(``\fB\-\fR\fIoption\fP\*(''
|
|
or a \*(``\fB+\fR\fIoption\fP\*('' turns the feature on or off,
|
|
since some features historically have been one or the other.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP generates a concise help message (multiple options per line)
|
|
when an unknown option is used, e.g.,
|
|
.NS
|
|
\fB\*n \-z\fP
|
|
.NE
|
|
.PP
|
|
If the logic for a particular option such as logging is not compiled
|
|
into \fI\*n\fP, the help text for that option also is not displayed
|
|
by the \fB\-help\fP option.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
One parameter (after all options) may be given.
|
|
That overrides \fI\*n\fP's built-in choice of shell program.
|
|
Normally \fI\*n\fP checks the SHELL variable.
|
|
If that is not set, \fI\*n\fP tries to use the shell program specified
|
|
in the password file.
|
|
If that is not set, \fI\*n\fP uses \fI/bin/sh\fP.
|
|
If the parameter is not a relative path, i.e.,
|
|
beginning with \*(``./\*('' or \*(``../\*('',
|
|
\fI\*n\fP looks for the file in the user's PATH.
|
|
In either case, it constructs an absolute path.
|
|
The \fB\-e\fP option cannot be used with this parameter since
|
|
it uses all parameters following the option.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The other options are used to control the appearance and behavior.
|
|
Not all options are necessarily configured into your copy of \fI\*n\fP:
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-132
|
|
Normally, the VT102 DECCOLM escape sequence that switches between 80 and
|
|
132 column mode is ignored.
|
|
This option causes the DECCOLM escape sequence to be recognized, and the
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
window will resize appropriately.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-ah
|
|
This option indicates that
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
should always highlight the text cursor.
|
|
By default,
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
will display a hollow text cursor whenever the focus is lost or the
|
|
pointer leaves the window.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +ah
|
|
This option indicates that
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
should do text cursor highlighting based on focus.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-ai
|
|
This option disables active icon support if that feature was compiled
|
|
into \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
This is equivalent to setting the \fIvt100\fP resource
|
|
\fBactiveIcon\fP to \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +ai
|
|
This option enables active icon support if that feature was compiled
|
|
into \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
This is equivalent to setting the \fIvt100\fP resource
|
|
\fBactiveIcon\fP to \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-aw
|
|
This option indicates that auto-wraparound should be allowed.
|
|
This
|
|
allows the cursor to automatically wrap to the beginning of the next
|
|
line when it is at the rightmost position of a line and text is
|
|
output.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +aw
|
|
This option indicates that auto-wraparound should not be allowed.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-b " number"
|
|
This option specifies the size of the inner border (the distance between
|
|
the outer edge of the characters and the window border) in pixels.
|
|
That is the \fIvt100\fP \fIinternalBorder\fP resource.
|
|
The
|
|
default is \*(``2\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +bc
|
|
turn off text cursor blinking.
|
|
This overrides the \fBcursorBlink\fR resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-bc
|
|
turn on text cursor blinking.
|
|
This overrides the \fBcursorBlink\fR resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-bcf " milliseconds"
|
|
set the amount of time text cursor is off when blinking via the
|
|
\fIcursorOffTime\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-bcn " milliseconds"
|
|
set the amount of time text cursor is on when blinking via the
|
|
\fIcursorOffTime\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\-bdc"
|
|
Set the \fIvt100\fP resource \fBcolorBDMode\fR to \*(``false\*('',
|
|
disabling the display of characters with bold attribute as color
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "+bdc"
|
|
Set the \fIvt100\fP resource \fBcolorBDMode\fR to \*(``true\*('',
|
|
enabling the display of characters with bold attribute as color
|
|
rather than bold
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\-cb"
|
|
Set the \fIvt100\fP resource \fBcutToBeginningOfLine\fP to \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "+cb"
|
|
Set the \fIvt100\fP resource \fBcutToBeginningOfLine\fP to \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\-cc \fIcharacterclassrange\fP:\fIvalue\fP[,...]"
|
|
This sets classes indicated by the given ranges for using in selecting by
|
|
words.
|
|
See the section specifying character classes.
|
|
and discussion of the \fIcharClass\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\-cjk_width"
|
|
Set the \fBcjkWidth\fP resource to \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
When turned on, characters with East Asian Ambiguous (A) category in UTR 11
|
|
have a column width of 2.
|
|
Otherwise, they have a column width of 1.
|
|
This may be useful for some legacy CJK text
|
|
terminal-based programs assuming box drawings and others to have a column
|
|
width of 2.
|
|
It also should be turned on when you specify a TrueType
|
|
CJK double-width (bi-width/monospace) font either with \fB\-fa\fP at
|
|
the command line or \fBfaceName\fP resource.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "+cjk_width"
|
|
Reset the \fBcjkWidth\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-class " string"
|
|
This option allows you to override \fI\*n\fP's resource class.
|
|
Normally it is \*(``__default_class__\*('', but
|
|
can be set to another class such as \*(``U__default_class__\*('' to override selected resources.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\-cm"
|
|
This option disables recognition of ANSI color-change escape sequences.
|
|
It sets the \fIcolorMode\fP resource to \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "+cm"
|
|
This option enables recognition of ANSI color-change escape sequences.
|
|
This is the same as the \fIvt100\fP resource \fBcolorMode\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\-cn"
|
|
This option indicates that newlines should not be cut in line-mode
|
|
selections.
|
|
It sets the \fIcutNewline\fP resource to \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +cn
|
|
This option indicates that newlines should be cut in line-mode selections.
|
|
It sets the \fIcutNewline\fP resource to \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-cr " color"
|
|
This option specifies the color to use for text cursor.
|
|
The default is to
|
|
use the same foreground color that is used for text.
|
|
It sets the \fIcursorColor\fP resource according to the parameter.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-cu
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should work around a bug in the
|
|
.IR more (1)
|
|
program that causes it
|
|
to incorrectly display lines that are exactly the width of the window and
|
|
are followed by a line beginning with a tab
|
|
(the leading tabs are not displayed).
|
|
This option is so named because it was originally thought to be a bug
|
|
in the
|
|
.IR curses (3x)
|
|
cursor motion package.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +cu
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should not work around the
|
|
.IR more (1)
|
|
bug mentioned above.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\-dc"
|
|
This option disables the escape sequence to change dynamic colors:
|
|
the vt100 foreground and background colors,
|
|
its text cursor color,
|
|
the pointer cursor foreground and background colors,
|
|
the Tektronix emulator foreground and background colors,
|
|
its text cursor color
|
|
and highlight color.
|
|
The option sets the \fIdynamicColors\fP option to \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "+dc"
|
|
This option enables the escape sequence to change dynamic colors.
|
|
The option sets the \fIdynamicColors\fP option to \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-e " program \fP[ \fIarguments \fP.\|.\|. ]\fI"
|
|
This option specifies the program (and its command line arguments) to be
|
|
run in the \fI\*n\fP window.
|
|
It also sets the window title and icon
|
|
name to be the basename of the program being executed if neither \fI\-T\fP
|
|
nor \fI\-n\fP are given on the command line.
|
|
\fBThis must be the last option on the command line.\fP
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-en " encoding"
|
|
This option determines the encoding on which \fI\*n\fP runs.
|
|
It sets the \fBlocale\fR resource.
|
|
Encodings other than UTF-8 are supported by using \fIluit\fR.
|
|
The \fB\-lc\fR option should be used instead of \fB\-en\fR for
|
|
systems with locale support.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-fb " font"
|
|
This option specifies a font to be used when displaying bold text.
|
|
It sets the \fBboldFont\fR resource.
|
|
.IP
|
|
This font must be the same height and width as the normal font, otherwise it is ignored.
|
|
If only one of the normal or bold fonts is specified, it will be used as the
|
|
normal font and the bold font will be produced by overstriking this font.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the discussion of \fBboldMode\fP and \fBalwaysBoldMode\fP resources.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-fa " pattern"
|
|
This option sets the pattern for fonts selected from the FreeType
|
|
library if support for that library was compiled into \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBfaceName\fP resource.
|
|
When a CJK
|
|
double-width font is specified, you also need to turn
|
|
on the \fBcjkWidth\fP resource.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the \fBrenderFont\fP resource,
|
|
which combines with this to determine whether FreeType fonts are
|
|
initially active.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-fbb
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should compare normal and bold fonts bounding
|
|
boxes to ensure they are compatible.
|
|
It sets the \fBfreeBoldBox\fP resource to \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI +fbb
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should not compare normal and bold fonts bounding
|
|
boxes to ensure they are compatible.
|
|
It sets the \fBfreeBoldBox\fP resource to \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-fbx
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should not assume that the
|
|
normal and bold fonts have VT100 line-drawing characters.
|
|
If any are missing, \fI\*n\fP will draw the characters directly.
|
|
It sets the \fBforceBoxChars\fP resource to \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI +fbx
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should assume that the
|
|
normal and bold fonts have VT100 line-drawing characters.
|
|
It sets the \fBforceBoxChars\fP resource to \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-fd " pattern"
|
|
This option sets the pattern for double-width fonts selected from the FreeType
|
|
library if support for that library was compiled into \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBfaceNameDoublesize\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-fi " font"
|
|
This option sets the font for active icons if that feature was compiled
|
|
into \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the discussion of the \fBiconFont\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-fs " size"
|
|
This option sets the pointsize for fonts selected from the FreeType
|
|
library if support for that library was compiled into \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBfaceSize\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-fullscreen
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should ask the window manager to
|
|
let it use the full-screen for display,
|
|
e.g., without window decorations.
|
|
It sets the \fBfullscreen\fP resource to \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI +fullscreen
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should not ask the window manager to
|
|
let it use the full-screen for display.
|
|
It sets the \fBfullscreen\fP resource to \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-fw \fIfont\fP
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying wide text.
|
|
By default,
|
|
it will attempt to use a font twice as wide as the font that will be used to
|
|
draw normal text.
|
|
If no double-width font is found, it will improvise, by stretching
|
|
the normal font.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBwideFont\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-fwb \fIfont\fP
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying bold wide text.
|
|
By default,
|
|
it will attempt to use a font twice as wide as the font that will be used to
|
|
draw bold text.
|
|
If no double-width font is found, it will improvise, by stretching
|
|
the bold font.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBwideBoldFont\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-fx \fIfont\fP
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying the preedit string
|
|
in the \*(``OverTheSpot\*('' input method.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the discussion of the \fBximFont\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-hc " color"
|
|
(see \fB\-selbg\fP).
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-hf
|
|
This option indicates that HP Function Key escape codes should be generated
|
|
for function keys.
|
|
It sets the \fBhpFunctionKeys\fP resource to \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI +hf
|
|
This option indicates that HP Function Key escape codes should not be generated
|
|
for function keys.
|
|
It sets the \fBhpFunctionKeys\fP resource to \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-hm
|
|
Tells \fI\*n\fP to use
|
|
\fBhighlightTextColor\fP and \fBhighlightColor\fP
|
|
to override the reversed foreground/background colors in a selection.
|
|
It sets the \fBhighlightColorMode\fP resource to \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI +hm
|
|
Tells \fI\*n\fP not to use
|
|
\fBhighlightTextColor\fP and \fBhighlightColor\fP
|
|
to override the reversed foreground/background colors in a selection.
|
|
It sets the \fBhighlightColorMode\fP resource to \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-hold
|
|
Turn on the \fBhold\fP resource, i.e.,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP will not immediately destroy its window when the shell command completes.
|
|
It will wait until you use the window manager to destroy/kill the window, or
|
|
if you use the menu entries that send a signal, e.g., HUP or KILL.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI +hold
|
|
Turn off the \fBhold\fP resource, i.e.,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP will immediately destroy its window when the shell command completes.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-ie
|
|
Turn on the \fBptyInitialErase\fP resource, i.e.,
|
|
use the pseudo-terminal's sense of the \fIstty\fP erase value.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +ie
|
|
Turn off the \fBptyInitialErase\fP resource, i.e.,
|
|
set the \fIstty\fP erase value using the \fBkb\fP string from the termcap entry as
|
|
a reference, if available.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-im
|
|
Turn on the \fBuseInsertMode\fP resource,
|
|
which forces use of insert mode by adding appropriate entries to the TERMCAP
|
|
environment variable.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +im
|
|
Turn off the \fBuseInsertMode\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-into " windowId"
|
|
Given an X window identifier (an integer, which can be hexadecimal,
|
|
octal or decimal according to whether it begins with "0x", "0" or neither),
|
|
\fI\*n\fP will reparent its top-level shell widget to that window.
|
|
This is used to embed \fI\*n\fP within other applications.
|
|
.IP
|
|
For instance, there are scripts for Tcl/Tk and Gtk which can be used
|
|
to demonstrate the feature.
|
|
When using Gtk, there is a limitation of that toolkit which requires
|
|
that \fI\*n\fP's \fBallowSendEvents\fP resource is enabled.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-j
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should do jump scrolling.
|
|
It corresponds to the \fBjumpScroll\fP resource.
|
|
Normally,
|
|
text is scrolled one line at a time; this option allows \fI\*n\fP to move
|
|
multiple lines at a time so that it does not fall as far behind.
|
|
Its use is
|
|
strongly recommended since it makes \fI\*n\fP much faster when scanning
|
|
through large amounts of text.
|
|
The VT100 escape sequences for enabling and
|
|
disabling smooth scroll as well as the \*(``VT Options\*(''
|
|
menu can be used to turn this
|
|
feature on or off.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +j
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should not do jump scrolling.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-k8
|
|
This option sets the \fBallowC1Printable\fP resource.
|
|
When \fBallowC1Printable\fP is set, \fI\*n\fP overrides the mapping
|
|
of C1 control characters (code 128-159) to treat them as printable.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +k8
|
|
This option resets the \fBallowC1Printable\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-kt " keyboardtype"
|
|
This option sets the \fBkeyboardType\fP resource.
|
|
Possible values include:
|
|
\*(``unknown\*('',
|
|
\*(``default\*('',
|
|
\*(``hp\*('',
|
|
\*(``sco\*('',
|
|
\*(``sun\*('',
|
|
\*(``tcap\*('' and
|
|
\*(``vt220\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The value \*(``unknown\*('',
|
|
causes the corresponding resource to be ignored.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The value \*(``default\*('',
|
|
suppresses the associated resources
|
|
.BR hpFunctionKeys ,
|
|
.BR scoFunctionKeys ,
|
|
.BR sunFunctionKeys,
|
|
.BR tcapFunctionKeys
|
|
and
|
|
.BR sunKeyboard ,
|
|
using the Sun/PC keyboard layout.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-l
|
|
Turn logging on.
|
|
Normally logging is not supported, due to security concerns.
|
|
Some versions of \fI\*n\fP may have logging enabled.
|
|
The logfile is written to the directory from which \fI\*n\fP is
|
|
invoked.
|
|
The filename is generated, of the form
|
|
.sp
|
|
XtermLog.\fIXXXXXX\fR
|
|
.sp
|
|
or
|
|
.sp
|
|
Xterm.log.\fIhostname.yyyy.mm.dd.hh.mm.ss.XXXXXX\fR
|
|
.sp
|
|
depending on how \fI\*n\fP was built.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +l
|
|
Turn logging off.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-lc
|
|
Turn on support of various encodings according to the users'
|
|
locale setting, i.e., LC_ALL, LC_CTYPE, or LANG environment variables.
|
|
This is achieved by turning on UTF-8 mode and by invoking \fIluit\fR for
|
|
conversion between locale encodings and UTF-8.
|
|
(\fIluit\fR is not invoked in UTF-8 locales.)
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBlocale\fR resource.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The actual list of encodings which are supported is determined by \fIluit\fR.
|
|
Consult the \fIluit\fR manual page for further details.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the discussion of the \fB\-u8\fP option which supports UTF-8 locales.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +lc
|
|
Turn off support of automatic selection of locale encodings.
|
|
Conventional 8bit mode or, in UTF-8 locales or with \fB\-u8\fP option,
|
|
UTF-8 mode will be used.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-lcc " path"
|
|
File name for the encoding converter from/to locale encodings
|
|
and UTF-8 which is used with \fB\-lc\fP option or \fBlocale\fR resource.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBlocaleFilter\fR resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-leftbar
|
|
Force scrollbar to the left side of VT100 screen.
|
|
This is the default, unless you have set the rightScrollBar resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-lf " filename"
|
|
Specify the log-filename.
|
|
See the \fB\-l\fP option.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-ls
|
|
This option indicates that the shell that is started in the \fI\*n\fP window
|
|
will be a login shell (i.e., the first character of argv[0] will be a dash,
|
|
indicating to the shell that it should read the user's .login or .profile).
|
|
.IP
|
|
The \fB\-ls\fP flag and the \fBloginShell\fP resource
|
|
are ignored if \fB\-e\fP is also given,
|
|
because \fI\*n\fP does not know how to make the shell
|
|
start the given command after whatever it does when it is a login
|
|
shell \- the user's shell of choice need not be a Bourne shell after all.
|
|
Also, \fI\*n\ \-e\fP is supposed to provide a consistent
|
|
functionality for other applications that need to start text-mode
|
|
programs in a window, and if \fBloginShell\fP were not ignored, the
|
|
result of ~/.profile might interfere with that.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If you do want the effect of \fB\-ls\fP and \fB\-e\fP simultaneously, you
|
|
may get away with something like
|
|
.NS 15
|
|
\*n \-e /bin/bash \-l \-c "my command here"
|
|
.NE
|
|
.IP
|
|
Finally, \fB\-ls\fP is not completely ignored,
|
|
because \fI\*n\ \-ls\ \-e\fP does write a \fI/etc/wtmp\fP entry
|
|
(if configured to do so),
|
|
whereas \fI\*n\ \-e\fP does not.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-maximized
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should ask the window manager to
|
|
maximize its layout on startup.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBmaximized\fP resource.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Maximizing is not the reverse of iconifying;
|
|
it is possible to do both with certain window managers.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +maximized
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should ask the window manager to
|
|
not maximize its layout on startup.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +ls
|
|
This option indicates that the shell that is started should not be a login
|
|
shell (i.e., it will be a normal \*(``subshell\*('').
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-mb
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should ring a margin bell when
|
|
the user types near the right end of a line.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +mb
|
|
This option indicates that margin bell should not be rung.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-mc " milliseconds"
|
|
This option specifies the maximum time between multi-click selections.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-mesg
|
|
Turn off the \fBmessages\fP resource, i.e.,
|
|
disallow write access to the terminal.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +mesg
|
|
Turn on the \fBmessages\fP resource, i.e.,
|
|
allow write access to the terminal.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\-mk_width"
|
|
Set the \fBmkWidth\fP resource to \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
This makes \fI\*n\fP use a built-in version of the wide-character width
|
|
calculation.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "+mk_width"
|
|
Reset the \fBmkWidth\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-ms " color"
|
|
This option specifies the color to be used for the pointer cursor.
|
|
The default
|
|
is to use the foreground color.
|
|
This sets the \fIpointerColor\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-nb " number"
|
|
This option specifies the number of characters from the right end of a line
|
|
at which the margin bell, if enabled, will ring.
|
|
The default is \*(``10\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\-nul"
|
|
This option disables the display of underlining.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "+nul"
|
|
This option enables the display of underlining.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-pc
|
|
This option enables the PC-style use of bold colors (see boldColors
|
|
resource).
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +pc
|
|
This option disables the PC-style use of bold colors.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-pob
|
|
This option indicates that the window should be raised whenever a
|
|
Control-G is received.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +pob
|
|
This option indicates that the window should not be raised whenever a
|
|
Control-G is received.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-rightbar
|
|
Force scrollbar to the right side of VT100 screen.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\-rvc"
|
|
This option disables the display of characters with reverse attribute as color.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "+rvc"
|
|
This option enables the display of characters with reverse attribute as color.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-rw
|
|
This option indicates that reverse-wraparound should be allowed.
|
|
This allows
|
|
the cursor to back up from the leftmost column of one line to the rightmost
|
|
column of the previous line.
|
|
This is very useful for editing long shell
|
|
command lines and is encouraged.
|
|
This option can be turned on and off from
|
|
the \*(``VT Options\*('' menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +rw
|
|
This option indicates that reverse-wraparound should not be allowed.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-s
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP may scroll asynchronously, meaning that
|
|
the screen does not have to be kept completely up to date while scrolling.
|
|
This allows \fI\*n\fP to run faster when network latencies are very high
|
|
and is typically useful when running across a very large internet or many
|
|
gateways.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +s
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should scroll synchronously.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-samename
|
|
Does not send title and icon name change requests when the request
|
|
would have no effect: the name is not changed.
|
|
This has the advantage
|
|
of preventing flicker and the disadvantage of requiring an extra
|
|
round trip to the server to find out the previous value.
|
|
In practice
|
|
this should never be a problem.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +samename
|
|
Always send title and icon name change requests.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-sb
|
|
This option indicates that some number of lines that are scrolled off the top
|
|
of the window should be saved and that a scrollbar should be displayed so that
|
|
those lines can be viewed.
|
|
This option may be turned on and off from the
|
|
\*(``VT Options\*('' menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +sb
|
|
This option indicates that a scrollbar should not be displayed.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-selbg " color"
|
|
This option specifies the color to use for the background of selected text.
|
|
If not specified, reverse video is used.
|
|
See the discussion of the \fBhighlightColor\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-selfg " color"
|
|
This option specifies the color to use for selected text.
|
|
If not specified, reverse video is used.
|
|
See the discussion of the \fBhighlightTextColor\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-sf
|
|
This option indicates that Sun Function Key escape codes should be generated
|
|
for function keys.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +sf
|
|
This option indicates that the standard escape codes should be generated for
|
|
function keys.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-sh " number"
|
|
scale line-height values by the given number.
|
|
See the discussion of the \fBscaleHeight\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-si
|
|
This option indicates that output to a window should not automatically
|
|
reposition the screen to the bottom of the scrolling region.
|
|
This option can be turned on and off from the \*(``VT Options\*('' menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +si
|
|
This option indicates that output to a window should cause it to
|
|
scroll to the bottom.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-sk
|
|
This option indicates that pressing a key while
|
|
using the scrollbar to review previous lines of text should
|
|
cause the window to be repositioned automatically in the normal position at the
|
|
bottom of the scroll region.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +sk
|
|
This option indicates that pressing a key while using the scrollbar
|
|
should not cause the window to be repositioned.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-sl " number"
|
|
This option specifies the number of lines to save that have been scrolled
|
|
off the top of the screen.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBsaveLines\fP resource.
|
|
The default is \*(``64\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-sm
|
|
This option, corresponding to the \fBsessionMgt\fR resource,
|
|
indicates that \fI\*n\fR should
|
|
set up session manager callbacks.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +sm
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fR should
|
|
not set up session manager callbacks.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-sp
|
|
This option indicates that Sun/PC keyboard should be assumed,
|
|
providing mapping for keypad \*(``+' to \*(``,', and
|
|
CTRL-F1 to F13, CTRL-F2 to F14, etc.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +sp
|
|
This option indicates that the standard escape codes should be generated for
|
|
keypad and function keys.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-t
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should start in Tektronix mode, rather
|
|
than in VT102 mode.
|
|
Switching between the two windows is done using the
|
|
\*(``Options\*('' menus.
|
|
.IR Termcap (5)
|
|
entries that work with
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
\*(``tek4014\*('',
|
|
\*(``tek4015\*('',
|
|
\*(``tek4012\*('',
|
|
\*(``tek4013\*('',
|
|
\*(``tek4010\*('', and
|
|
\*(``dumb\*(''.
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
automatically searches the termcap file in this order for these entries and then
|
|
sets the \*(``TERM\*('' and the \*(``TERMCAP\*('' environment variables.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +t
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should start in VT102 mode.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-tb
|
|
This option, corresponding to the \fBtoolBar\fR resource,
|
|
indicates that \fI\*n\fR should display a toolbar (or menubar)
|
|
at the top of its window.
|
|
The buttons in the toolbar correspond to
|
|
the popup menus, e.g., control/left/mouse for \*(``Main Options\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +tb
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fR should
|
|
not set up a toolbar.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-ti " term_id"
|
|
Specify the name used by \fI\*n\fP to select the
|
|
correct response to terminal ID queries.
|
|
It also specifies the emulation level,
|
|
used to determine the type of response to a DA control sequence.
|
|
Valid values include vt52, vt100, vt101, vt102, vt220, and vt240
|
|
(the \*(``vt\*('' is optional).
|
|
The default is \*(``vt__default_termid__\*(''.
|
|
The term_id argument specifies the terminal ID to use.
|
|
(This is the same as the \fBdecTerminalID\fP resource).
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-tm " string"
|
|
This option specifies a series of terminal setting keywords followed by the
|
|
characters that should be bound to those functions, similar to the \fIstty\fP
|
|
program.
|
|
The keywords and their values are described in detail in the \fBttyModes\fP
|
|
resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-tn " name"
|
|
This option specifies the name of the terminal type to be set in the TERM
|
|
environment variable.
|
|
It corresponds to the \fBtermName\fP resource.
|
|
This terminal type must exist in the terminal
|
|
database
|
|
(termcap or terminfo, depending on how \fI\*n\fP is built)
|
|
and should have \fIli#\fP and \fIco#\fP entries.
|
|
If the terminal type is not found, \fI\*n\fP uses the built-in list
|
|
\*(``xterm\*('', \*(``vt102\*('', etc.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-u8
|
|
This option sets the \fButf8\fP resource.
|
|
When \fButf8\fP is set, \fI\*n\fP interprets incoming data as UTF-8.
|
|
This sets the \fBwideChars\fP resource as a side-effect,
|
|
but the UTF-8 mode set by this option prevents it from being turned off.
|
|
If you must turn it on and off, use the \fBwideChars\fP resource.
|
|
.IP
|
|
This option and the \fButf8\fR resource are overridden by
|
|
the \fB\-lc\fP and \fB\-en\fP options and \fBlocale\fR resource.
|
|
That is, if \fI\*n\fP has been compiled to support \fIluit\fR,
|
|
and the \fBlocale\fP resource is not \*(``false\*(''
|
|
this option is ignored.
|
|
We recommend using
|
|
the \fB\-lc\fR option or the \*(``\fBlocale:\ true\fR\*('' resource
|
|
in UTF-8 locales when your operating system supports locale,
|
|
or \fB\-en\ UTF-8\fP option or the \*(``\fBlocale:\ UTF-8\fR\*('' resource
|
|
when your operating system does not support locale.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +u8
|
|
This option resets the \fButf8\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\-uc"
|
|
This option makes the cursor underlined instead of a box.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "+uc"
|
|
This option makes the cursor a box instead of underlined.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\-ulc"
|
|
This option disables the display of characters with underline attribute as
|
|
color rather than with underlining.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "+ulc"
|
|
This option enables the display of characters with underline attribute as
|
|
color rather than with underlining.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\-ulit"
|
|
This option, corresponding to the \fBitalicULMode\fP resource,
|
|
disables the display of characters with underline attribute as
|
|
italics rather than with underlining.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "+ulit"
|
|
This option, corresponding to the \fBitalicULMode\fP resource,
|
|
enables the display of characters with underline attribute as
|
|
italics rather than with underlining.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-ut
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should not write a record into the
|
|
the system \fIutmp\fP log file.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +ut
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should write a record into
|
|
the system \fIutmp\fP log file.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-vb
|
|
This option indicates that a visual bell is preferred over an audible one.
|
|
Instead of ringing the terminal bell whenever a Control-G is received, the
|
|
window will be flashed.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +vb
|
|
This option indicates that a visual bell should not be used.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-wc
|
|
This option sets the \fBwideChars\fP resource.
|
|
When \fBwideChars\fP is set, \fI\*n\fP maintains internal structures for 16-bit
|
|
characters.
|
|
If you do not set this resource to \*(``true\*('',
|
|
\fI\*n\fP will ignore the escape sequence which turns UTF-8 mode on and off.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +wc
|
|
This option resets the \fBwideChars\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-wf
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should wait for the window to be mapped
|
|
the first time before starting the subprocess so that the initial terminal
|
|
size settings and environment variables are correct.
|
|
It is the application's
|
|
responsibility to catch subsequent terminal size changes.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +wf
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should not wait before starting the
|
|
subprocess.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-ziconbeep \fIpercent\fP
|
|
Same as \fBzIconBeep\fP resource.
|
|
If percent is non-zero, xterms that produce output while iconified
|
|
will cause an XBell sound at the given volume
|
|
and have \*(``***\*('' prepended to their icon titles.
|
|
Most window managers will detect this change immediately, showing you
|
|
which window has the output.
|
|
(A similar feature was in x10 \fI\*n\fP.)
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-C
|
|
This option indicates that this window should receive console output.
|
|
This
|
|
is not supported on all systems.
|
|
To obtain console output, you must be the
|
|
owner of the console device, and you must have read and write permission
|
|
for it.
|
|
If you are running X under \fIxdm\fP on the console screen you may
|
|
need to have the session startup and reset programs explicitly change the
|
|
ownership of the console device in order to get this option to work.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-S\fIccn\fP
|
|
This option allows \fI\*n\fP to be used as an input and
|
|
output channel for an existing program and is sometimes used in specialized
|
|
applications.
|
|
The option value specifies the last few letters of the name of a pseudo-terminal
|
|
to use in slave mode, plus the number of the inherited file descriptor.
|
|
If the option contains a \*(``/\*('' character, that delimits the characters
|
|
used for the pseudo-terminal name from the file descriptor.
|
|
Otherwise, exactly two characters are used from the option for
|
|
the pseudo-terminal name, the remainder is the file descriptor.
|
|
Examples
|
|
(the first two are equivalent
|
|
since the descriptor follows the last \*(``/\*(''):
|
|
.NS 15
|
|
-S/dev/pts/123/45
|
|
-S123/45
|
|
-Sab34
|
|
.NE
|
|
.IP
|
|
Note that \fI\*n\fP does not close any file descriptor
|
|
which it did not open for its own use.
|
|
It is possible (though probably not portable) to have an application
|
|
which passes an open file descriptor down to \fI\*n\fP past the
|
|
initialization or the \fB\-S\fP option to a process running in the \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
.SS OLD OPTIONS
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following command line arguments are provided for compatibility with
|
|
older versions.
|
|
They may not be supported in the next release as the X
|
|
Toolkit provides standard options that accomplish the same task.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "%\fIgeom\fP"
|
|
This option specifies the preferred size and position of the Tektronix window.
|
|
It is shorthand for specifying the \*(``\fI*tekGeometry\fP\*('' resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "#\fIgeom\fP"
|
|
This option specifies the preferred position of the icon window.
|
|
It is shorthand for specifying the \*(``\fI*iconGeometry\fP\*('' resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-T " string"
|
|
This option specifies the title for \fI\*n\fP's windows.
|
|
It is equivalent to \fB\-title\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-n " string"
|
|
This option specifies the icon name for \fI\*n\fP's windows.
|
|
It is shorthand for specifying the \*(``\fI*iconName\fP\*('' resource.
|
|
Note that this is not the same as the toolkit option \fB\-name\fP (see below).
|
|
The default icon name is the application name.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If no suitable icon is found, \fI\*n\fP provides a compiled-in pixmap.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-r
|
|
This option indicates that reverse video should be simulated by swapping
|
|
the foreground and background colors.
|
|
It is equivalent to
|
|
\fB\-rv\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.BI \-w " number"
|
|
This option specifies the width in pixels of the border surrounding the window.
|
|
It is equivalent to \fB\-borderwidth\fP or \fB\-bw\fP.
|
|
.
|
|
.SS X TOOLKIT OPTIONS
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following standard X Toolkit command line arguments are commonly used
|
|
with \fI\*n\fP:
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-bd \fIcolor\fP
|
|
This option specifies the color to use for the border of the window.
|
|
The corresponding resource name is \fIborderColor\fP.
|
|
\fI\*n\fP uses the X Toolkit default, which is \*(``XtDefaultForeground\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-bg \fIcolor\fP
|
|
This option specifies the color to use for the background of the window.
|
|
The corresponding resource name is \fIbackground\fP.
|
|
The default is \*(``XtDefaultBackground\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-bw \fInumber\fP
|
|
This option specifies the width in pixels of the border surrounding the window.
|
|
.IP
|
|
This appears to be a legacy of older X releases.
|
|
It sets the \fBborderWidth\fP resource of the shell widget,
|
|
and may provide advice to your window manager to set the thickness of the
|
|
window frame.
|
|
Most window managers do not use this information.
|
|
See the \fB\-b\fP option, which controls the inner border of the \fI\*n\fP
|
|
window.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-display \fIdisplay\fP
|
|
This option specifies the X server to contact; see \fIX(__miscmansuffix__)\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-fg \fIcolor\fP
|
|
This option specifies the color to use for displaying text.
|
|
The corresponding resource name is \fIforeground\fP.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``XtDefaultForeground\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-fn \fIfont\fP
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying normal text.
|
|
The corresponding resource name is \fIfont\fP.
|
|
The resource value default is \fIfixed\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-font \fIfont\fP
|
|
This is the same as \fB\-fn\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-geometry \fIgeometry\fP
|
|
This option specifies the preferred size and position of the VT102 window;
|
|
see \fIX(__miscmansuffix__)\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-iconic
|
|
This option indicates that \fI\*n\fP should ask the window manager to
|
|
start it as an icon rather than as the normal window.
|
|
The corresponding resource name is \fIiconic\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-name \fIname\fP
|
|
This option specifies the application name under which resources are to be
|
|
obtained, rather than the default executable file name.
|
|
\fIName\fP should not contain \*(``.\*('' or \*(``*\*('' characters.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-rv
|
|
This option indicates that reverse video should be simulated by swapping
|
|
the foreground and background colors.
|
|
The corresponding resource name is \fIreverseVideo\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B +rv
|
|
Disable the simulation of reverse video by swapping foreground and background
|
|
colors.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-title \fIstring\fP
|
|
This option specifies the window title string, which may be displayed by
|
|
window managers if the user so chooses.
|
|
The default title is the command
|
|
line specified after the \fB\-e\fP option, if any, otherwise the application
|
|
name.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B \-xrm \fIresourcestring\fP
|
|
This option specifies a resource string to be used.
|
|
This is especially
|
|
useful for setting resources that do not have separate command line options.
|
|
.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH RESOURCES
|
|
The program understands all of the core X Toolkit resource names and classes.
|
|
Application specific resources (e.g., \*(``\fB__default_class__.\fP\fINAME\fP\*('') follow:
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "backarrowKeyIsErase (\fPclass\fB BackarrowKeyIsErase)"
|
|
Tie the VTxxx \fBbackarrowKey\fP and \fBptyInitialErase\fP resources
|
|
together by setting the DECBKM state according to whether the initial value of
|
|
\fIstty\fP erase is a backspace (8) or delete (127) character.
|
|
A \*(``false\*('' value disables this feature.
|
|
The default is \*(``__backarrow_is_erase__\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "fullscreen (\fPclass\fB Fullscreen)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not \fI\*n\fP should ask the window manager to
|
|
use a fullscreen layout on startup.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP accepts either a keyword (ignoring case)
|
|
or the number shown in parentheses:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
false (0)
|
|
Fullscreen layout is not used initially,
|
|
but may be later via menu-selection or control sequence.
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
true (1)
|
|
Fullscreen layout is used initially,
|
|
but may be disabled later via menu-selection or control sequence.
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
always (2)
|
|
Fullscreen layout is used initially,
|
|
and cannot be disabled later via menu-selection or control sequence.
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
never (3)
|
|
Fullscreen layout is not used,
|
|
and cannot be enabled later via menu-selection or control sequence.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "hold (\fPclass\fB Hold)"
|
|
If true,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP will not immediately destroy its window when the shell command completes.
|
|
It will wait until you use the window manager to destroy/kill the window, or
|
|
if you use the menu entries that send a signal, e.g., HUP or KILL.
|
|
You may scroll back, select text, etc., to perform most graphical operations.
|
|
Resizing the display will lose data, however, since this involves interaction
|
|
with the shell which is no longer running.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "hpFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB HpFunctionKeys)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not HP Function Key escape codes should be generated for
|
|
function keys instead of standard escape sequences.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the \fBkeyboardType\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "iconGeometry (\fPclass\fB IconGeometry)"
|
|
Specifies the preferred size and position of the application when iconified.
|
|
It is not necessarily obeyed by all window managers.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "iconHint (\fPclass\fB IconHint)"
|
|
Specifies a icon which will be added to the window manager hints.
|
|
\fI\*n\fP provides no default value.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Set this resource to \*(``none\*('' to omit the hint entirely,
|
|
using whatever the window manager may decide.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If the \fBiconHint\fP resource is given (or is set via the \fB\-n\fP option)
|
|
\fI\*n\fP searches for a pixmap file with that name,
|
|
in the current directory as well as in __pixmapsdir__.
|
|
if the resource does not specify an absolute pathname.
|
|
In each case, \fI\*n\fP adds \*(``_48x48\*(''
|
|
and/or \*(``.xpm\*('' to the filename
|
|
after trying without those suffixes.
|
|
If it is able to load the file, \fI\*n\fP sets the window manager
|
|
hint for the icon-pixmap.
|
|
These pixmaps are distributed with \fI\*n\fP, and can optionally be
|
|
compiled-in:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.bP
|
|
mini.\*n_16x16,
|
|
mini.\*n_32x32,
|
|
mini.\*n_48x48
|
|
.bP
|
|
filled-\*n_16x16
|
|
filled-\*n_32x32
|
|
filled-\*n_48x48
|
|
.bP
|
|
\*n_16x16
|
|
\*n_32x32
|
|
\*n_48x48
|
|
.bP
|
|
\*n-color_16x16
|
|
\*n-color_32x32
|
|
\*n-color_48x48
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
In either case, \fI\*n\fP allows for adding a \*(``_48x48\*('' to specify the
|
|
largest of the pixmaps as a default.
|
|
That is, \*(``mini.\*n\*('' is the same as \*(``mini.\*n_48x48\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If no explicit \fBiconHint\fP resource is given
|
|
(or if none of the compiled-in names matches),
|
|
\*n uses \*(``mini.\*n\*('' (which is always compiled-in).
|
|
.IP
|
|
The \fBiconHint\fP resource has no effect on \*(``desktop\*('' files,
|
|
including \*(``panel\*('' and \*(``menu\*(''.
|
|
Those are typically set via a \*(``.desktop\*('' file;
|
|
\fI\*n\fP provides samples for itself (and the \fIu\*n\fP script).
|
|
The more capable desktop systems allow changing the icon on a per-user basis.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "iconName (\fPclass\fB IconName)"
|
|
Specifies a label for \fI\*n\fP when iconified.
|
|
\fI\*n\fP provides no default value;
|
|
some window managers may assume the application name, e.g., \*(``\*n\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Setting the \fBiconName\fP resource sets the icon label
|
|
unless overridden by \fBzIconBeep\fP
|
|
or the control sequences which change the window and icon labels.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "keyboardType (\fPclass\fB KeyboardType)"
|
|
Enables one (or none) of the various keyboard-type resources:
|
|
\fBhpFunctionKeys\fP,
|
|
\fBscoFunctionKeys\fP,
|
|
\fBsunFunctionKeys\fP,
|
|
\fBtcapFunctionKeys\fP and
|
|
\fBsunKeyboard\fP.
|
|
The resource's value should be one of the corresponding strings
|
|
\*(``hp\*('',
|
|
\*(``sco\*('',
|
|
\*(``sun\*('',
|
|
\*(``tcap\*('' or
|
|
\*(``vt220\*(''.
|
|
The individual resources are provided for legacy support;
|
|
this resource is simpler to use.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``unknown\*('', i.e., none of the associated resources are set
|
|
via this resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "maxBufSize (\fPclass\fB MaxBufSize)"
|
|
Specify the maximum size of the input buffer.
|
|
The default is \*(``32768\*(''.
|
|
You cannot set this to a value less than the \fBminBufSize\fR resource.
|
|
It will be increased as needed to make that value evenly divide this one.
|
|
.IP
|
|
On some systems you may want to increase one or both of the
|
|
\fBmaxBufSize\fP and
|
|
\fBminBufSize\fP resource values to achieve better performance
|
|
if the operating system prefers larger buffer sizes.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "maximized (\fPclass\fB Maximized)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not \fI\*n\fP should ask the window manager to
|
|
maximize its layout on startup.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "messages (\fPclass\fB Messages)"
|
|
Specifies whether write access to the terminal is allowed initially.
|
|
See
|
|
.BR mesg (1).
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "menuLocale (\fPclass\fB MenuLocale)"
|
|
Specify the locale used for character-set computations when loading
|
|
the popup menus.
|
|
Use this to improve initialization performance of the Athena popup menus,
|
|
which may load unnecessary (and very large) fonts, e.g.,
|
|
in a locale having UTF-8 encoding.
|
|
The default is \*(``C\*('' (POSIX).
|
|
.IP
|
|
To use the current locale
|
|
(only useful if you have localized the resource settings for the menu entries),
|
|
set the resource to an empty string.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "minBufSize (\fPclass\fB MinBufSize)"
|
|
Specify the minimum size of the input buffer, i.e., the amount of data
|
|
that \fI\*n\fR requests on each read.
|
|
The default is \*(``4096\*(''.
|
|
You cannot set this to a value less than 64.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "omitTranslation (\fPclass\fB OmitTranslation)"
|
|
Selectively omit one or more parts of \fI\*n\fP's default translations
|
|
at startup.
|
|
The resource value is a comma-separated list of keywords,
|
|
which may be abbreviated:
|
|
\*(``fullscreen\*('',
|
|
\*(``scroll-lock\*('',
|
|
\*(``shift-fonts\*('' or
|
|
\*(``wheel-mouse\*(''.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP also recognizes \*(``default\*('',
|
|
but omitting that will make the program unusable
|
|
unless you provide a similar definition in your resource settings.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "ptyHandshake (\fPclass\fB PtyHandshake)
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', \fI\*n\fP will perform handshaking during initialization
|
|
to ensure that the parent and child processes update the \fIutmp\fP
|
|
and \fIstty\fP state.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also \fBwaitForMap\fP which waits for the pseudo-terminal's notion
|
|
of the screen size,
|
|
and \fBptySttySize\fP which resets the screen size after other terminal
|
|
initialization is complete.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "ptyInitialErase (\fPclass\fB PtyInitialErase)"
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', \fI\*n\fP will use the pseudo-terminal's sense of the \fIstty\fP erase
|
|
value.
|
|
If \*(``false\*('', \fI\*n\fP will set the \fIstty\fP erase value to match its own
|
|
configuration, using the \fBkb\fP string from the termcap entry as
|
|
a reference, if available.
|
|
In either case, the result is applied to the TERMCAP variable
|
|
which \fI\*n\fP sets.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the \fBttyModes\fP resource, which may modify this.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "ptySttySize (\fPclass\fB PtySttySize)
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', \fI\*n\fP will reset the screen size after
|
|
terminal initialization is complete.
|
|
This is needed for some systems whose pseudo-terminals cannot
|
|
propagate terminal characteristics.
|
|
Where it is not needed, it can interfere with other methods for
|
|
setting the intial screen size, e.g., via window manager interaction.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also \fBwaitForMap\fP which waits for a handshake-message
|
|
giving the pseudo-terminal's notion of the screen size.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*('' on Linux and OS X systems,
|
|
\*(``true\*('' otherwise.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "sameName (\fPclass\fB SameName)"
|
|
If the value of this resource is \*(``true\*('', \fI\*n\fP does not send
|
|
title and icon name change requests when the request
|
|
would have no effect: the name is not changed.
|
|
This has the advantage
|
|
of preventing flicker and the disadvantage of requiring an extra
|
|
round trip to the server to find out the previous value.
|
|
In practice
|
|
this should never be a problem.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scaleHeight (\fPclass\fB ScaleHeight)"
|
|
Scale line-height values by the resource value,
|
|
which is limited to \*(``0.9\*('' to \*(``1.5\*(''.
|
|
The default value is \*(``1.0\*('',
|
|
.IP
|
|
While this resource applies to either bitmap or TrueType fonts,
|
|
its main purpose is to
|
|
help work around incompatible changes in the Xft library's font metrics.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP checks the font metrics to find what the library claims are
|
|
the bounding boxes for each glyph (character).
|
|
However, some of Xft's features (such as the autohinter) can cause the
|
|
glyphs to be scaled larger than the bounding boxes, and be partly overwritten
|
|
by the next row.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See \fBuseClipping\fP for a related resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scoFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB ScoFunctionKeys)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not SCO Function Key escape codes should be generated for
|
|
function keys instead of standard escape sequences.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the \fBkeyboardType\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "sessionMgt (\fPclass\fB SessionMgt)"
|
|
If the value of this resource is \*(``true\*('',
|
|
\fI\*n\fP sets up session manager callbacks
|
|
for \fBXtNdieCallback\fR and \fBXtNsaveCallback\fR.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "sunFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB SunFunctionKeys)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not Sun Function Key escape codes should be generated for
|
|
function keys instead of standard escape sequences.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the \fBkeyboardType\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "sunKeyboard (\fPclass\fB SunKeyboard)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not Sun/PC keyboard layout should be assumed rather
|
|
than DEC VT220.
|
|
This causes the keypad \*(``+' to be mapped to \*(``,'.
|
|
and
|
|
CTRL F1-F12 to F11-F20, depending on the setting of the \fBctrlFKeys\fP
|
|
resource.
|
|
so \fI\*n\fP emulates a DEC VT220 more accurately.
|
|
Otherwise (the default, with \fBsunKeyboard\fP set to \*(``false\*(''),
|
|
\fI\*n\fP uses PC-style bindings for the function keys and keypad.
|
|
.IP
|
|
PC-style bindings
|
|
use the Shift, Alt, Control and Meta keys as modifiers for function-keys
|
|
and keypad
|
|
(see the document \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP for details).
|
|
The PC-style bindings are analogous to PCTerm, but not the same thing.
|
|
Normally these bindings do not conflict with the use of the Meta key
|
|
as described for the \fBeightBitInput\fP resource.
|
|
If they do, note that the PC-style bindings are evaluated first.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the \fBkeyboardType\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tcapFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB TcapFunctionKeys)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not function key escape codes read from the
|
|
termcap/terminfo entry should be generated for
|
|
function keys instead of standard escape sequences.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``false\*('', i.e., this feature is disabled.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the \fBkeyboardType\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "termName (\fPclass\fB TermName)"
|
|
Specifies the terminal type name to be set in the TERM environment variable.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "title (\fPclass\fB Title)"
|
|
Specifies a string that may be used by the window manager when displaying
|
|
this application.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "toolBar (\fPclass\fB ToolBar)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not the toolbar should be displayed.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "ttyModes (\fPclass\fB TtyModes)"
|
|
Specifies a string containing terminal setting keywords and the characters
|
|
to which they may be bound.
|
|
Allowable keywords include:
|
|
brk,
|
|
dsusp,
|
|
eof,
|
|
eol,
|
|
eol2,
|
|
erase,
|
|
erase2,
|
|
flush,
|
|
intr,
|
|
kill,
|
|
lnext,
|
|
quit,
|
|
rprnt,
|
|
start,
|
|
status,
|
|
stop,
|
|
susp,
|
|
swtch and
|
|
weras.
|
|
Control characters may be specified as ^char (e.g., ^c or ^u)
|
|
and \fB^?\fP may be used to indicate delete (127).
|
|
Use \fB^\-\fP to denote \fIundef\fP.
|
|
Use \fB\\034\fP to represent \fB^\\\fP, since a literal backslash in
|
|
an X resource escapes the next character.
|
|
.IP
|
|
This is very useful for overriding
|
|
the default terminal settings without having to do an \fIstty\fP every time
|
|
an \fI\*n\fP is started.
|
|
Note, however, that the \fIstty\fP program on a given host may use different
|
|
keywords; \fI\*n\fR's table is built-in.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If the \fBttyModes\fP resource specifies a value for \fBerase\fP,
|
|
that overrides the \fBptyInitialErase\fP resource setting,
|
|
i.e., \fI\*n\fP initializes the terminal to match that value.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "useInsertMode (\fPclass\fB UseInsertMode)"
|
|
Force use of insert mode by adding appropriate entries to the TERMCAP
|
|
environment variable.
|
|
This is useful if the system termcap is broken.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "utmpDisplayId (\fPclass\fB UtmpDisplayId)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not \fI\*n\fP should try to record the display
|
|
identifier (display number and screen number) as well as the hostname in
|
|
the system \fIutmp\fP log file.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "utmpInhibit (\fPclass\fB UtmpInhibit)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not \fI\*n\fP should try to record the user's terminal
|
|
in
|
|
the system \fIutmp\fP log file.
|
|
If true, \fI\*n\fP will not try.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "waitForMap (\fPclass\fB WaitForMap)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not \fI\*n\fP should wait for the initial window map
|
|
before starting the subprocess.
|
|
This is part of the
|
|
.B ptyHandshake
|
|
logic.
|
|
When \fI\*n\fP is directed to wait in this fashion,
|
|
it passes the terminal size from the display end of the pseudo-terminal
|
|
to the terminal I/O connection, e.g., according to the window manager.
|
|
Otherwise, it uses the size as given in resource values or command-line
|
|
option \fB\-geom\fP.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "zIconBeep (\fPclass\fB ZIconBeep)"
|
|
Same as \-ziconbeep command line argument.
|
|
If the value of this resource is non-zero, xterms that produce output
|
|
while iconified will cause an XBell sound at the given volume
|
|
and have \*(``***\ \*('' prepended to their icon titles.
|
|
Most window managers will detect this change immediately, showing you
|
|
which window has the output.
|
|
(A similar feature was in x10 \fI\*n\fR.)
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "zIconTitleFormat (\fPclass\fB ZIconTitleFormat)"
|
|
Allow customization of the string used in the \fBzIconBeep\fP feature.
|
|
The default value is \*(``***\ %s\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If the resource value contains a \*(``%s\*('',
|
|
then \fI\*n\fP inserts the icon title at that point rather
|
|
than prepending the string to the icon title.
|
|
(Only the first \*(``%s\*('' is used).
|
|
.\"
|
|
.SS VT100 Widget Resources
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following resources are specified as part
|
|
of the \fIvt100\fP widget (class \fIVT100\fP).
|
|
They are specified by patterns such as \*(``\fB__default_class__.vt100.\fP\fINAME\fP\*(''.
|
|
.PP
|
|
If your \fI\*n\fP is configured to support the \*(``toolbar\*('', then those
|
|
patterns need an extra level for the form-widget which holds the
|
|
toolbar and vt100 widget.
|
|
A wildcard between the top-level
|
|
\*(``__default_class__\*('' and the \*(``vt100\*('' widget makes the resource settings work for
|
|
either, e.g., \*(``\fB__default_class__*vt100.\fP\fINAME\fP\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "activeIcon (\fPclass\fB ActiveIcon)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not active icon windows are to be used when the
|
|
\fI\*n\fP window is iconified, if this feature is compiled into \fI\*n\fR.
|
|
The active icon is a miniature representation of the content of the
|
|
window and will update as the content changes.
|
|
Not all window managers necessarily support application icon windows.
|
|
Some window managers
|
|
will allow you to enter keystrokes into the active icon window.
|
|
The default is \*(``default\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
\fI\*N\fP accepts either a keyword (ignoring case)
|
|
or the number shown in parentheses:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
false (0)
|
|
No active icon is shown.
|
|
.TP
|
|
true (1)
|
|
The active icon is shown.
|
|
If you are using \fItwm\fP, use this setting to enable active-icons.
|
|
.TP
|
|
default (2)
|
|
\fI\*n\fP checks at startup, and shows an active icon only for window
|
|
managers which it can identify and which are known to support the feature.
|
|
These are \fIfvwm\fP (full support), and \fIwindow maker\fP (limited).
|
|
A few other windows managers (such as \fItwm\fP and \fIctwm\fP)
|
|
support active icons,
|
|
but do not support the extensions which allow \fI\*n\fP
|
|
to identify the window manager.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "allowBoldFonts (\fPclass\fB AllowBoldFonts)"
|
|
When set to \*(``false\*('', \fI\*n\fP will not use bold fonts.
|
|
This overrides both the \fBalwaysBoldMode\fP and the \fBboldMode\fP resources.
|
|
.B "alwaysBoldMode (\fPclass\fB AlwaysBoldMode)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "allowC1Printable (\fPclass\fB AllowC1Printable)"
|
|
If true, overrides the mapping of C1 controls
|
|
(codes 128-159) to make them be treated
|
|
as if they were printable characters.
|
|
Although this corresponds to no particular standard,
|
|
some users insist it is a VT100.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP
|
|
.B "allowColorOps (\fPclass\fB AllowColorOps)"
|
|
Specifies whether control sequences that set/query the dynamic colors should be allowed.
|
|
ANSI colors are unaffected by this resource setting.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP
|
|
.B "allowFontOps (\fPclass\fB AllowFontOps)"
|
|
Specifies whether control sequences that set/query the font should be allowed.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
.B "allowPasteControls (\fPclass\fB AllowPasteControls)"
|
|
If true, allow control characters such as BEL and CAN to be pasted.
|
|
Formatting characters (tab, newline) are always allowed.
|
|
Other C0 control characters are suppressed unless this resource is enabled.
|
|
The exact set of control characters (C0 and C1)
|
|
depends upon whether UTF-8 encoding is used,
|
|
as well as the \fBallowC1Printable\fP resource.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "allowScrollLock (\fPclass\fB AllowScrollLock)"
|
|
Specifies whether control sequences that set/query
|
|
the Scroll Lock key should be allowed,
|
|
as well as whether the Scroll Lock key responds to user's keypress.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
When this feature is enabled, \fI\*n\fP will sense the state of the
|
|
Scroll Lock key each time it acquires focus.
|
|
Pressing the Scroll Lock key toggles \fI\*n\fP's internal state,
|
|
as well as toggling the associated LED.
|
|
While the Scroll Lock is active, \fI\*n\fP attempts to keep a viewport on the
|
|
same set of lines.
|
|
If the current viewport is scrolled past the limit set by the
|
|
\fBsaveLines\fP resource, then Scroll Lock has no further effect.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The reason for setting the default to \*(``false\*('' is to avoid
|
|
user surprise.
|
|
This key is generally unused in keyboard configurations,
|
|
and has not acquired a standard meaning even when it is used in that manner.
|
|
Consequently, users have assigned it for ad hoc purposes.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "allowSendEvents (\fPclass\fB AllowSendEvents)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not synthetic key and button events (generated using
|
|
the X protocol SendEvent request) should be interpreted or discarded.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*('' meaning they are discarded.
|
|
Note that allowing such events would create a very large security hole, therefore
|
|
enabling this resource forcefully disables the \fBallow\fP\fIXXX\fP\fBOps\fR resources.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP
|
|
.B "allowTcapOps (\fPclass\fB AllowTcapOps)"
|
|
Specifies whether control sequences that query the terminal's
|
|
notion of its function-key strings, as termcap or terminfo capabilities
|
|
should be allowed.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
A few programs, e.g., \fIvim\fP, use this feature to get an accurate
|
|
description of the terminal's capabilities,
|
|
independent of the termcap/terminfo setting:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.bP
|
|
\fI\*n\fP can tell the querying program how many colors it supports.
|
|
This is a constant, depending on how it is compiled, typically 16.
|
|
It does not change if you alter resource settings,
|
|
e.g., the \fBboldColors\fP resource.
|
|
.bP
|
|
\fI\*n\fP can tell the querying program what strings are sent by modified
|
|
(shift-, control-, alt-) function- and keypad-keys.
|
|
Reporting control- and alt-modifiers is a feature that relies on the
|
|
\fIncurses\fP extended naming.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP
|
|
.B "allowTitleOps (\fPclass\fB AllowTitleOps)"
|
|
Specifies whether control sequences that modify the window title or icon name
|
|
should be allowed.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP
|
|
.B "allowWindowOps (\fPclass\fB AllowWindowOps)"
|
|
Specifies whether extended window control sequences
|
|
(as used in \fIdtterm\fP)
|
|
should be allowed.
|
|
These include several control sequences which manipulate the window size or
|
|
position, as well as reporting these values and the title or icon name.
|
|
Each of these can be abused in a script;
|
|
curiously enough most terminal emulators that implement these
|
|
restrict only a small part of the repertoire.
|
|
For fine-tuning, see \fBdisallowedWindowOps\fP.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "altIsNotMeta (\fPclass\fB AltIsNotMeta\fP)"
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', treat the Alt-key as if it were the Meta-key.
|
|
Your keyboard may happen to be configured so they are the same.
|
|
But if they are not, this allows you to use the same prefix- and shifting
|
|
operations with the Alt-key as with the Meta-key.
|
|
See \fBaltSendsEscape\fP and \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "altSendsEscape (\fPclass\fB AltSendsEscape\fP)"
|
|
This is an additional keyboard operation that may be processed
|
|
after the logic for \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP.
|
|
It is only available if the \fBaltIsNotMeta\fP resource is set.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.bP
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', Alt characters
|
|
(a character combined with the modifier associated with left/right Alt-keys)
|
|
are converted into a two-character
|
|
sequence with the character itself preceded by ESC.
|
|
This applies as well to function key control sequences, unless \fI\*n\fP
|
|
sees that \fBAlt\fP is used in your key translations.
|
|
.bP
|
|
If \*(``false\*('', Alt characters input from the keyboard cause a shift to
|
|
8-bit characters (just like \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP).
|
|
By combining the Alt- and Meta-modifiers, you can create corresponding
|
|
combinations of ESC-prefix and 8-bit characters.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default is \*(``__alt_sends_esc__\*(''.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP provides a menu option for toggling this resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "alternateScroll (\fPclass\fB ScrollCond)"
|
|
If \*(``true\*('',
|
|
the \fBscroll-back\fP and \fBscroll-forw\fP actions
|
|
send cursor\-up and \-down keys when \*n is displaying the alternate screen.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The \fBalternateScroll\fP state can also be set using a control sequence.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "alwaysBoldMode (\fPclass\fB AlwaysBoldMode)"
|
|
Specifies whether \fI\*n\fP should check if the normal and bold
|
|
fonts are distinct before deciding whether to use overstriking to
|
|
simulate bold fonts.
|
|
If this resource is true,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP does not make the check for
|
|
distinct fonts when deciding how to handle the \fBboldMode\fP resource.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.ne 9
|
|
.TS
|
|
l l l l
|
|
_ _ _ _
|
|
l l l l.
|
|
\fIboldMode\fR \fIalwaysBoldMode\fR \fIComparison\fR \fIAction\fP
|
|
false false ignored use font
|
|
false true ignored use font
|
|
true false same overstrike
|
|
true false different use font
|
|
true true ignored overstrike
|
|
.TE
|
|
.RS
|
|
.LP
|
|
This resource is used only for bitmap fonts:
|
|
.bP
|
|
When using bitmap fonts, it is possible that the font server will
|
|
approximate the bold font by rescaling it from
|
|
a different font size than expected.
|
|
The \fBalwaysBoldMode\fP resource
|
|
allows the user to override the (sometimes poor)
|
|
resulting bold font with overstriking (which is at least consistent).
|
|
.bP
|
|
The problem does not occur with TrueType fonts (though there can be
|
|
other unnecessary issues such as different coverage of the normal
|
|
and bold fonts).
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
As an alternative, setting the \fBallowBoldFonts\fP resource to false
|
|
overrides both the \fBalwaysBoldMode\fP and the \fBboldMode\fP resources.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "alwaysHighlight (\fPclass\fB AlwaysHighlight)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not \fI\*n\fP should always display a highlighted
|
|
text cursor.
|
|
By default (if this resource is false),
|
|
a hollow text cursor is displayed whenever the
|
|
pointer moves out of the window or the window loses the input focus.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "alwaysUseMods (\fPclass\fB AlwaysUseMods)"
|
|
Override the \fBnumLock\fP resource, telling \fI\*n\fR to use the Alt and Meta
|
|
modifiers to construct parameters for function key sequences even if
|
|
those modifiers appear in the translations resource.
|
|
Normally \fI\*n\fP checks if Alt or Meta is used in a translation that
|
|
would conflict with function key modifiers, and will ignore these modifiers
|
|
in that special case.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "answerbackString (\fPclass\fB AnswerbackString)"
|
|
Specifies the string that \fI\*n\fR sends in response to an ENQ (control/E)
|
|
character from the host.
|
|
The default is a blank string, i.e., \*(``\*(''.
|
|
A hardware VT100 implements this feature as a setup option.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "appcursorDefault (\fPclass\fB AppcursorDefault)"
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', the cursor keys are initially in application mode.
|
|
This is the same as the VT102 private DECCKM mode,
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "appkeypadDefault (\fPclass\fB AppkeypadDefault)"
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', the keypad keys are initially in application mode.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "autoWrap (\fPclass\fB AutoWrap)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not auto-wraparound should be enabled.
|
|
This is the same as the VT102 DECAWM.
|
|
The
|
|
default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "awaitInput (\fPclass\fB AwaitInput)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not the \fI\*n\fR uses a 50 millisecond timeout to
|
|
await input (i.e., to support the Xaw3d arrow scrollbar).
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "backarrowKey (\fPclass\fB BackarrowKey)"
|
|
Specifies whether the backarrow key transmits
|
|
a backspace (8)
|
|
or delete (127) character.
|
|
This corresponds to the DECBKM control sequence.
|
|
A \*(``true\*('' value specifies backspace.
|
|
The default is \*(``__backarrow_is_bs__\*(''.
|
|
Pressing the control key toggles this behavior.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "background (\fPclass\fB Background)"
|
|
Specifies the color to use for the background of the window.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``XtDefaultBackground\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "bellIsUrgent (\fPclass\fB BellIsUrgent)"
|
|
Specifies whether to set the Urgency hint for the window manager
|
|
when making a bell sound.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "bellOnReset (\fPclass\fB BellOnReset)"
|
|
Specifies whether to sound a bell when doing a hard reset.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "bellSuppressTime (\fPclass\fB BellSuppressTime)"
|
|
Number of milliseconds after a bell command is sent during which additional
|
|
bells will be suppressed.
|
|
Default is 200.
|
|
If set non-zero,
|
|
additional bells
|
|
will also be suppressed until the server reports that processing of
|
|
the first bell has been completed; this feature is most useful with
|
|
the visible bell.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "boldColors (\fPclass\fB ColorMode)"
|
|
Specifies whether to combine bold attribute with colors like the IBM PC,
|
|
i.e., map colors 0 through 7 to colors 8 through 15.
|
|
These normally are the brighter versions of the first 8 colors, hence bold.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "boldFont (\fPclass\fB BoldFont)"
|
|
Specifies the name of the bold font to use instead of overstriking.
|
|
There is no default for this resource.
|
|
.IP
|
|
This font must be the same height and width as the normal font, otherwise it is ignored.
|
|
If only one of the normal or bold fonts is specified, it will be used as the
|
|
normal font and the bold font will be produced by overstriking this font.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the discussion of \fBboldMode\fP and \fBalwaysBoldMode\fP resources.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "boldMode (\fPclass\fB BoldMode)"
|
|
This specifies whether or not text with the bold attribute should be
|
|
overstruck to simulate bold fonts if the resolved bold font is the
|
|
same as the normal font.
|
|
It may be desirable to disable bold fonts when color is being
|
|
used for the bold attribute.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Note that \fI\*n\fP has one bold font which you may set explicitly.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP attempts to derive a bold font for the other font selections
|
|
(\fBfont1\fP through \fBfont6\fP).
|
|
If it cannot find a bold font, it will use the normal font.
|
|
In each case (whether the explicit resource or the derived font),
|
|
if the normal and bold fonts are distinct, this resource has no effect.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See the \fBalwaysBoldMode\fP resource which can modify the behavior
|
|
of this resource.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Although \fI\*n\fP attempts to derive a bold font for other font selections,
|
|
the font server may not cooperate.
|
|
Since X11R6, bitmap fonts have been scaled.
|
|
The font server claims to provide the bold font that \fI\*n\fP requests,
|
|
but the result is not always readable.
|
|
XFree86 introduced a feature which can be used to suppress the scaling.
|
|
In the X server's configuration file (e.g., \*(``/etc/X11/XFree86\*(''), you
|
|
can add \*(``:unscaled\*('' to the end of the directory specification for the
|
|
\*(``misc\*('' fonts,
|
|
which comprise the fixed-pitch fonts that are used by \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
For example
|
|
.NS
|
|
FontPath "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/"
|
|
.NE
|
|
.IP
|
|
would become
|
|
.NS
|
|
FontPath "/usr/lib/X11/fonts/misc/:unscaled"
|
|
.NE
|
|
.IP
|
|
Depending on your configuration, the font server may have its own configuration
|
|
file.
|
|
The same \*(``:unscaled\*('' can be added to its configuration file at the
|
|
end of the directory specification for \*(``misc\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The bitmap scaling feature is also used by \fI\*n\fP to implement
|
|
VT102 double-width and double-height characters.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "brokenLinuxOSC (\fPclass\fB BrokenLinuxOSC)"
|
|
If true, \fI\*n\fP applies a workaround to ignore malformed control
|
|
sequences that a Linux script might send.
|
|
Compare the palette control sequences documented in \fIconsole_codes\fR
|
|
with ECMA-48.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "brokenSelections (\fPclass\fB BrokenSelections)"
|
|
If true, \fI\*n\fP in 8-bit mode will interpret
|
|
.B STRING
|
|
selections as carrying text in the current locale's encoding.
|
|
Normally
|
|
.B STRING
|
|
selections carry ISO-8859-1 encoded text.
|
|
Setting this resource to
|
|
\*(``true\*('' violates the ICCCM; it may, however, be useful for interacting
|
|
with some broken X clients.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "brokenStringTerm (\fPclass\fB BrokenStringTerm)"
|
|
provides a work-around for some ISDN routers which start an application
|
|
control string without completing it.
|
|
Set this to \*(``true\*('' if \fI\*n\fP appears to freeze when connecting.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
\fI\*N\fP's state parser recognizes
|
|
several types of control strings which can contain text, e.g.,
|
|
.sp
|
|
.RS
|
|
\fBAPC\fP (Application Program Command),
|
|
.br
|
|
\fBDCS\fP (Device Control String),
|
|
.br
|
|
\fBOSC\fP (Operating System Command),
|
|
.br
|
|
\fBPM\fP (Privacy Message), and
|
|
.br
|
|
\fBSOS\fP (Start of String),
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
Each should end with a string-terminator (a special character which
|
|
cannot appear in these strings).
|
|
Ordinary control characters found within the string are not ignored;
|
|
they are processed without interfering with the process of accumulating
|
|
the control string's content.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP recognizes these controls in all modes,
|
|
although some of the functions may be suppressed after parsing the control.
|
|
.IP
|
|
When enabled, this feature allows the user to exit from an unterminated
|
|
control string when any of these ordinary control characters are found:
|
|
.sp
|
|
.RS
|
|
control/D (used as an end of file in many shells),
|
|
.br
|
|
control/H (backspace),
|
|
.br
|
|
control/I (tab-feed),
|
|
.br
|
|
control/J (line feed aka newline),
|
|
.br
|
|
control/K (vertical tab),
|
|
.br
|
|
control/L (form feed),
|
|
.br
|
|
control/M (carriage return),
|
|
.br
|
|
control/N (shift-out),
|
|
.br
|
|
control/O (shift-in),
|
|
.br
|
|
control/Q (XOFF),
|
|
.br
|
|
control/X (cancel)
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "c132 (\fPclass\fB C132)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not the VT102 DECCOLM escape sequence,
|
|
used to switch between 80 and 132 columns, should be honored.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "cacheDoublesize (\fPclass\fB CacheDoublesize)"
|
|
Tells whether to cache double-sized fonts by \fI\*n\fR.
|
|
Set this to zero to disable double-sized fonts altogether.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "cdXtraScroll (\fPclass\fB CdXtraScroll)"
|
|
Specifies whether \fI\*n\fP should scroll to a new page when clearing
|
|
the whole screen.
|
|
Like \fBtiXtraScroll\fP,
|
|
the intent of this option is to provide a picture of the full-screen
|
|
application's display on the scrollback before wiping out the text.
|
|
The default for this resource is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "charClass (\fPclass\fB CharClass)"
|
|
Specifies comma-separated lists of character class bindings of the form
|
|
[\fIlow\fP-]\fIhigh\fP:\fIvalue\fP.
|
|
These are used in determining which
|
|
sets of characters should be treated the same when doing cut and paste.
|
|
See the \fBCHARACTER CLASSES\fP section.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "cjkWidth (\fPclass\fB CjkWidth)"
|
|
Specifies whether \fI\*n\fP should follow
|
|
the traditional East Asian width convention.
|
|
When turned on, characters with East Asian Ambiguous (A) category in UTR
|
|
11 have a column width of 2.
|
|
You may have to set this option to \*(``true\*(''
|
|
if you have some old East Asian terminal based programs that assume that
|
|
line-drawing characters have a column width of 2.
|
|
If this resource is false, the \fBmkWidth\fP resource controls the
|
|
choice between the system's \fBwcwidth\fP and \fI\*n\fP's built-in tables.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color0 (\fPclass\fB Color0)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color1 (\fPclass\fB Color1)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color2 (\fPclass\fB Color2)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color3 (\fPclass\fB Color3)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color4 (\fPclass\fB Color4)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color5 (\fPclass\fB Color5)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color6 (\fPclass\fB Color6)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color7 (\fPclass\fB Color7)"
|
|
These specify the colors for the ISO-6429 extension.
|
|
The defaults are,
|
|
respectively,
|
|
black,
|
|
red3,
|
|
green3,
|
|
yellow3,
|
|
a customizable dark blue,
|
|
magenta3,
|
|
cyan3,
|
|
and
|
|
gray90.
|
|
The default shades of color are chosen to allow the colors 8-15
|
|
to be used as brighter versions.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color8 (\fPclass\fB Color8)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color9 (\fPclass\fB Color9)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color10 (\fPclass\fB Color10)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color11 (\fPclass\fB Color11)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color12 (\fPclass\fB Color12)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color13 (\fPclass\fB Color13)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color14 (\fPclass\fB Color14)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color15 (\fPclass\fB Color15)"
|
|
These specify the colors for the ISO-6429 extension if the bold attribute
|
|
is also enabled.
|
|
The default resource values are respectively,
|
|
gray30,
|
|
red,
|
|
green,
|
|
yellow,
|
|
a customizable light blue,
|
|
magenta,
|
|
cyan,
|
|
and
|
|
white.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color16 (\fPclass\fB Color16)"
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
through
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "color255 (\fPclass\fB Color255)"
|
|
These specify the colors for the 256-color extension.
|
|
The default resource values
|
|
are for colors 16 through 231 to make a 6x6x6 color cube, and colors
|
|
232 through 255 to make a grayscale ramp.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Resources past \fBcolor15\fP are available as a compile-time option.
|
|
Due to a hardcoded limit in the X libraries on the total number of
|
|
resources (to 400), the resources for 256-colors
|
|
are omitted when wide-character support and \fIluit\fP are enabled.
|
|
Besides inconsistent behavior if only part of the resources were allowed,
|
|
determining the exact cutoff is difficult, and the X libraries tend
|
|
to crash if the number of resources exceeds the limit.
|
|
The color palette is still initialized to the same default values,
|
|
and can be modified via control sequences.
|
|
.IP
|
|
On the other hand, the resource limit does permit including the entire
|
|
range for 88-colors.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "colorAttrMode (\fPclass\fB ColorAttrMode)"
|
|
Specifies whether \fBcolorBD\fP, \fBcolorBL\fP, \fBcolorRV\fP, and
|
|
\fBcolorUL\fP should override ANSI colors.
|
|
If not, these are displayed only when no ANSI colors
|
|
have been set for the corresponding position.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "colorBD (\fPclass\fB ColorBD)"
|
|
This specifies the color to use to display bold characters if
|
|
the \*(``colorBDMode\*('' resource is enabled.
|
|
The default is \*(``XtDefaultForeground\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the \fBveryBoldColors\fP resource which allows combining bold and color.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "colorBDMode (\fPclass\fB ColorAttrMode)"
|
|
Specifies whether characters with the bold attribute should be displayed in
|
|
color or as bold characters.
|
|
Note that setting \fBcolorMode\fR off disables
|
|
all colors, including bold.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "colorBL (\fPclass\fB ColorBL)"
|
|
This specifies the color to use to display blink characters if
|
|
the \*(``colorBLMode\*('' resource is enabled.
|
|
The default is \*(``XtDefaultForeground\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the \fBveryBoldColors\fP resource which allows combining underline and color.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "colorBLMode (\fPclass\fB ColorAttrMode)"
|
|
Specifies whether characters with the blink attribute should be displayed in
|
|
color.
|
|
Note that setting \fBcolorMode\fR off disables all colors, including this.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "colorMode (\fPclass\fB ColorMode)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not recognition of ANSI (ISO-6429)
|
|
color change escape sequences should be enabled.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "colorRV (\fPclass\fB ColorRV)"
|
|
This specifies the color to use to display reverse characters if
|
|
the \*(``colorRVMode\*('' resource is enabled.
|
|
The default is \*(``XtDefaultForeground\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the \fBveryBoldColors\fP resource which allows combining reverse and color.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "colorRVMode (\fPclass\fB ColorAttrMode)"
|
|
Specifies whether characters with the reverse attribute should be displayed in
|
|
color.
|
|
Note that setting \fBcolorMode\fR off disables all colors, including this.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "colorUL (\fPclass\fB ColorUL)"
|
|
This specifies the color to use to display underlined characters if
|
|
the \*(``colorULMode\*('' resource is enabled.
|
|
The default is \*(``XtDefaultForeground\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See also the \fBveryBoldColors\fP resource which allows combining underline and color.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "colorULMode (\fPclass\fB ColorAttrMode)"
|
|
Specifies whether characters with the underline attribute should be displayed
|
|
in color or as underlined characters.
|
|
Note that setting \fBcolorMode\fR off
|
|
disables all colors, including underlining.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "combiningChars (\fPclass\fB CombiningChars)"
|
|
Specifies the number of wide-characters which can be stored in a cell
|
|
to overstrike (combine) with the base character of the cell.
|
|
This can be set to values in the range 0 to 4.
|
|
The default is \*(``2\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "ctrlFKeys (\fPclass\fB CtrlFKeys)"
|
|
In VT220 keyboard mode (see \fBsunKeyboard\fP resource),
|
|
specifies the amount by which to shift F1-F12 given a control modifier (CTRL).
|
|
This allows you to generate key symbols for F10-F20 on a Sun/PC keyboard.
|
|
The default is \*(``10\*('', which means that CTRL F1 generates the key
|
|
symbol for F11.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "curses (\fPclass\fB Curses)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not the last column bug in
|
|
.IR more (1)
|
|
should be worked around.
|
|
See the \fB\-cu\fP option for details.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "cursorBlink (\fPclass\fB CursorBlink)"
|
|
Specifies whether to make the cursor blink.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
\fI\*N\fP uses two variables to determine whether the cursor blinks.
|
|
One is set by this resource.
|
|
The other is set by control sequences (private mode 12 and DECSCUSR).
|
|
\fI\*N\fP tests the XOR of the two variables.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "cursorColor (\fPclass\fB CursorColor)"
|
|
Specifies the color to use for the text cursor.
|
|
The default is \*(``XtDefaultForeground\*(''.
|
|
By default,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP attempts to keep this color from being the same as the background
|
|
color, since it draws the cursor by filling the background of a text cell.
|
|
The same restriction applies to control sequences which may change this color.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Setting this resource overrides
|
|
most of \fI\*n\fP's adjustments to cursor color.
|
|
It will still use reverse-video to disallow some cases, such as a black
|
|
cursor on a black background.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "cursorOffTime (\fPclass\fB CursorOffTime)"
|
|
Specifies the duration of the \*(``off\*('' part of the cursor blink cycle-time
|
|
in milliseconds.
|
|
The same timer is used for text blinking.
|
|
The default is \*(``300\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "cursorOnTime (\fPclass\fB CursorOnTime)"
|
|
Specifies the duration of the \*(``on\*('' part of the cursor blink cycle-time,
|
|
in milliseconds.
|
|
The same timer is used for text blinking.
|
|
The default is \*(``600\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "cutNewline (\fPclass\fB CutNewline)"
|
|
If \*(``false\*('', triple clicking to select a line does not include the Newline
|
|
at the end of the line.
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', the Newline is selected.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "cursorUnderLine (\fPclass\fB CursorUnderLine)"
|
|
Specifies whether to make the cursor underlined or a box.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "cutToBeginningOfLine (\fPclass\fB CutToBeginningOfLine)"
|
|
If \*(``false\*('', triple clicking to select a line selects only from the
|
|
current word forward.
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', the entire line is selected.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "decTerminalID (\fPclass\fB DecTerminalID)"
|
|
Specifies the emulation level (100=VT100, 220=VT220, etc.), used to determine
|
|
the type of response to a DA control sequence.
|
|
Leading non-digit characters are ignored,
|
|
e.g., \*(``vt100\*('' and \*(``100\*('' are the same.
|
|
The default is \*(``__default_termid__\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "defaultString (\fPclass\fB DefaultString)"
|
|
Specify the character (or string) which \fI\*n\fP will substitute when
|
|
pasted text includes a character which cannot be represented in the
|
|
current encoding.
|
|
For instance, pasting UTF-8 text into a display of ISO-8859-1 characters
|
|
will only be able to display codes 0-255, while UTF-8 text can include
|
|
Unicode values above 255.
|
|
The default is \*(``#\*('' (a single pound sign).
|
|
.IP
|
|
If the undisplayable text would be double-width,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP will add a space after the \*(``#\*('' character, to give roughly
|
|
the same layout on the screen as the original text.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "deleteIsDEL (\fPclass\fB DeleteIsDEL)"
|
|
Specifies whether the Delete key on the editing keypad should send DEL (127)
|
|
or the VT220-style Remove escape sequence.
|
|
A \*(``false\*('' value enables the latter.
|
|
The default is \*(``__delete_is_del__\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "disallowedColorOps (\fPclass\fB DisallowedColorOps)"
|
|
Specify which features will be disabled if \fBallowColorOps\fP is false.
|
|
This is a comma-separated list of names.
|
|
The default value is
|
|
.RS
|
|
SetColor,GetColor,GetAnsiColor
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
The names are listed below.
|
|
\fI\*n\fP ignores capitalization, but
|
|
they are shown in mixed-case for clarity.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
SetColor
|
|
Set a specific dynamic color.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
GetColor
|
|
Report the current setting of a given dynamic color.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
GetAnsiColor
|
|
Report the current setting of a given ANSI color (actually any of the colors
|
|
set via ANSI-style controls).
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "disallowedFontOps (\fPclass\fB DisallowedFontOps)"
|
|
Specify which features will be disabled if \fBallowFontOps\fP is false.
|
|
This is a comma-separated list of names.
|
|
The default value is
|
|
.RS
|
|
SetFont,GetFont
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
The names are listed below.
|
|
\fI\*n\fP ignores capitalization, but
|
|
they are shown in mixed-case for clarity.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
SetFont
|
|
Set the specified font.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
GetFont
|
|
Report the specified font.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "disallowedTcapOps (\fPclass\fB DisallowedTcapOps)"
|
|
Specify which features will be disabled if \fBallowTcapOps\fP is false.
|
|
This is a comma-separated list of names.
|
|
The default value is
|
|
.RS
|
|
SetTcap,GetTcap
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
The names are listed below.
|
|
\fI\*n\fP ignores capitalization, but
|
|
they are shown in mixed-case for clarity.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
SetTcap
|
|
(not implemented)
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
GetTcap
|
|
Report specified function- and other special keys.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "disallowedWindowOps (\fPclass\fB DisallowedWindowOps)"
|
|
Specify which features will be disabled if \fBallowWindowOps\fP is false.
|
|
This is a comma-separated list of names, or (for the controls adapted
|
|
from \fIdtterm\fP the operation number).
|
|
The default value is
|
|
.RS
|
|
20,21,SetXprop,SetSelection
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
The names are listed below.
|
|
\fI\*n\fP ignores capitalization, but
|
|
they are shown in mixed-case for clarity.
|
|
Where a number can be used
|
|
as an alternative, it is given in parentheses after the name.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
GetIconTitle (20)
|
|
Report \*n window's icon label as a string.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
GetScreenSizeChars (19)
|
|
Report the size of the screen in characters as numbers.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
GetSelection
|
|
Report selection data as a base64 string.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
GetWinPosition (13)
|
|
Report \*n window position as numbers.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
GetWinSizeChars (18)
|
|
Report the size of the text area in characters as numbers.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
GetWinSizePixels (14)
|
|
Report \*n window in pixels as numbers.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
GetWinState (11)
|
|
Report \*n window state as a number.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
GetWinTitle (21)
|
|
Report \*n window's title as a string.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
LowerWin (6)
|
|
Lower the \*n window to the bottom of the stacking order.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
MaximizeWin (9)
|
|
Maximize window (i.e., resize to screen size).
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
FullscreenWin (10)
|
|
Use full screen (i.e., resize to screen size, without window decorations).
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
MinimizeWin (2)
|
|
Iconify window.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
PopTitle (23)
|
|
Pop title from internal stack.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
PushTitle (22)
|
|
Push title to internal stack.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
RaiseWin (5)
|
|
Raise the \*n window to the front of the stacking order.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
RefreshWin (7)
|
|
Refresh the \*n window.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
RestoreWin (1)
|
|
De-iconify window.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
SetSelection
|
|
Set selection data.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
SetWinLines
|
|
Resize to a given number of lines, at least 24.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
SetWinPosition (3)
|
|
Move window to given coordinates.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
SetWinSizeChars (8)
|
|
Resize the text area to given size in characters.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
SetWinSizePixels (4)
|
|
Resize the \*n window to given size in pixels.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
SetXprop
|
|
Set X property on top-level window.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "dynamicColors (\fPclass\fB DynamicColors)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not escape sequences to change colors assigned to
|
|
different attributes are recognized.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "eightBitControl (\fPclass\fB EightBitControl\fP)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not control sequences sent by the
|
|
terminal should be eight-bit characters or escape sequences.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "eightBitInput (\fPclass\fB EightBitInput\fP)"
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', Meta characters
|
|
(a single-byte character combined with the \fIMeta\fP modifier key)
|
|
input from the keyboard are presented as a
|
|
single character, modified according to the \fBeightBitMeta\fP resource.
|
|
If \*(``false\*('', Meta characters are converted into a two-character
|
|
sequence with the character itself preceded by ESC.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP
|
|
and \fBaltSendsEscape\fP resources may override this feature.
|
|
Generally keyboards do not have a key labeled \*(``Meta\*('',
|
|
but \*(``Alt\*('' keys are common,
|
|
and they are conventionally used for \*(``Meta\*(''.
|
|
If they were synonymous, it would have been reasonable to name this
|
|
resource \*(``\fBaltSendsEscape\fP\*('', reversing its sense.
|
|
For more background on this, see the \fBmeta\fP function in curses.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Note that the \fIAlt\fP key is not necessarily the same as the
|
|
\fIMeta\fP modifier.
|
|
\fIxmodmap\fP lists your key modifiers.
|
|
X defines modifiers for shift, (caps) lock and control,
|
|
as well as 5 additional modifiers which are generally used to configure
|
|
key modifiers.
|
|
\fI\*n\fP inspects the same information to find the modifier associated
|
|
with either \fIMeta\fP key (left or right),
|
|
and uses that key as the \fIMeta\fP modifier.
|
|
It also looks for the NumLock key,
|
|
to recognize the modifier which is associated with that.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If your \fIxmodmap\fP configuration
|
|
uses the same keycodes for Alt- and Meta-keys,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP will only see the Alt-key definitions, since those are tested
|
|
before Meta-keys.
|
|
NumLock is tested first.
|
|
It is important to keep these keys distinct;
|
|
otherwise some of \fI\*n\fP's functionality is not available.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The \fBeightBitInput\fP resource is tested at startup time.
|
|
If \*(``true\*('',
|
|
the \fI\*n\fP tries to put the terminal into 8-bit mode.
|
|
If \*(``false\*('',
|
|
on startup, \fI\*n\fP tries to put the terminal into 7-bit mode.
|
|
For some configurations this is unsuccessful; failure is ignored.
|
|
After startup, \fI\*n\fP does not
|
|
change the terminal between 8-bit and 7-bit mode.
|
|
.IP
|
|
As originally implemented in X11,
|
|
the resource value did not change after startup.
|
|
However
|
|
(since patch #216 in 2006)
|
|
\fI\*n\fP can modify \fBeightBitInput\fP after startup
|
|
via a control sequence.
|
|
The corresponding terminfo capabilities \fBsmm\fP (set meta mode)
|
|
and \fBrmm\fP (reset meta mode)
|
|
have been recognized by \fIbash\fP for some time.
|
|
Interestingly enough, \fIbash\fP's notion of "meta mode"
|
|
differs from the standard definition (in the \fIterminfo\fP manual),
|
|
which describes the change to the eighth bit of a character.
|
|
It happens that \fIbash\fP views "meta mode"
|
|
as the ESC character that \fI\*n\fP puts before a character when a
|
|
special meta key is pressed.
|
|
\fIbash\fP's early documentation talks about the ESC character
|
|
and ignores the eighth bit.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "eightBitMeta (\fPclass\fB EightBitMeta\fP)"
|
|
This controls the way \fI\*n\fP modifies the eighth bit of a single-byte
|
|
key when the \fBeightBitInput\fP resource is set.
|
|
The default is \*(``locale\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The resource value is a string, evaluated as a boolean after startup.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
false
|
|
The key is sent unmodified.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
locale
|
|
The key is modified only if the locale uses eight-bit encoding.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
true
|
|
The key is sent modified.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
never
|
|
The key is always sent unmodified.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
Except for the \fBnever\fP choice, \fI\*n\fP honors the
|
|
terminfo capabilities \fBsmm\fP (set meta mode)
|
|
and \fBrmm\fP (reset meta mode),
|
|
allowing the feature to be turned on or off dynamically.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If \fBeightBitMeta\fP is enabled when the locale uses UTF-8,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP encodes the value as UTF-8
|
|
(since patch #183 in 2003).
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "eightBitOutput (\fPclass\fB EightBitOutput\fP)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not eight-bit characters sent from the host should be
|
|
accepted as is or stripped when printed.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*('',
|
|
which means that they are accepted as is.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "eightBitSelectTypes (\fPclass\fB EightBitSelectTypes\fP)"
|
|
Override \fI\*n\fP's default selection target list (see SELECT/PASTE) for
|
|
selections in normal (ISO-8859-1) mode.
|
|
The default is an empty string, i.e., \*(``\*('',
|
|
which does not override anything.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "faceName (\fPclass\fB FaceName)"
|
|
Specify the pattern for scalable fonts selected from the FreeType
|
|
library if support for that library was compiled into \fI\*n\fR.
|
|
There is no default value.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If not specified,
|
|
or if there is no match for both normal and bold fonts,
|
|
\fI\*n\fR uses the bitmap \fBfont\fP and related resources.
|
|
.IP
|
|
It is possible to select suitable bitmap fonts using a script such as this:
|
|
.NS
|
|
\&#!/bin/sh
|
|
\&FONT=`xfontsel -print`
|
|
\&test -n "$FONT" && xfd -fn "$FONT"
|
|
.NE
|
|
.IP
|
|
However (even though \fIxfd\fP accepts a \*(``\fB\-fa\fP\*('' option
|
|
to denote FreeType fonts),
|
|
\fIxfontsel\fP has not been similarly extended.
|
|
As a workaround, you may try
|
|
.NS
|
|
fc-list :scalable=true:spacing=mono: family
|
|
.NE
|
|
.IP
|
|
to find a list of scalable fixed-pitch fonts
|
|
which may be used for the \fBfaceName\fP resource value.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "faceNameDoublesize (\fPclass\fB FaceNameDoublesize)"
|
|
Specify a double-width scalable font for cases where an application requires
|
|
this, e.g., in CJK applications.
|
|
There is no default value.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If the application uses double-wide characters and this resource is not given,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP will use a scaled version of the font given by \fBfaceName\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "faceSize (\fPclass\fB FaceSize)"
|
|
Specify the pointsize for fonts selected from the FreeType
|
|
library if support for that library was compiled into \fI\*n\fR.
|
|
The default is \*(``14.0\*(''
|
|
On the \fBVT\ Fonts\fP menu, this corresponds to the \fIDefault\fP entry.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Although the default is \*(``14.0\*('',
|
|
this may not be the same as the pointsize for the default bitmap font,
|
|
i.e., that assigned with the \fB\-fn\fP option,
|
|
or the \fBfont\fP resource.
|
|
For example, the \*(``fixed\*('' font usually has a pointsize of \*(``8.0\*(''.
|
|
If you set \fBfaceSize\fP to match the size of the bitmap font,
|
|
then switching between bitmap and TrueType fonts via the font menu
|
|
will give comparable sizes for the window.
|
|
.IP
|
|
You can specify the pointsize for TrueType fonts selected with the other
|
|
size-related menu entries such as Medium, Huge, etc., by using one of
|
|
the following resource values.
|
|
If you do not specify a value,
|
|
they default to \*(``0.0\*('',
|
|
which causes \fI\*n\fP to use the ratio of font sizes
|
|
from the corresponding bitmap
|
|
font resources to obtain a TrueType pointsize.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If all of the \fBfaceSize\fP resources are set, then \fI\*n\fP
|
|
will use this information to determine the next smaller/larger
|
|
TrueType font for the
|
|
\fBlarger-vt-font()\fP and
|
|
\fBsmaller-vt-font()\fP actions.
|
|
If any are not set, \fI\*n\fP will use only the areas of the bitmap fonts.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "faceSize1 (\fPclass\fB FaceSize1)"
|
|
Specifies the pointsize of the first alternative font.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "faceSize2 (\fPclass\fB FaceSize2)"
|
|
Specifies the pointsize of the second alternative font.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "faceSize3 (\fPclass\fB FaceSize3)"
|
|
Specifies the pointsize of the third alternative font.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "faceSize4 (\fPclass\fB FaceSize4)"
|
|
Specifies the pointsize of the fourth alternative font.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "faceSize5 (\fPclass\fB FaceSize5)"
|
|
Specifies the pointsize of the fifth alternative font.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "faceSize6 (\fPclass\fB FaceSize6)"
|
|
Specifies the pointsize of the sixth alternative font.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font (\fPclass\fB Font)"
|
|
Specifies the name of the normal font.
|
|
The default is \*(``fixed\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
See the discussion of the \fBlocale\fP resource,
|
|
which describes how this font may be overridden.
|
|
.IP
|
|
NOTE: some resource files use patterns such as
|
|
.NS
|
|
*font: fixed
|
|
.NE
|
|
.IP
|
|
which are overly broad, affecting both
|
|
.NS
|
|
xterm.vt100.font
|
|
.NE
|
|
.IP
|
|
and
|
|
.NS
|
|
xterm.vt100.utf8Fonts.font
|
|
.NE
|
|
.IP
|
|
which is probably not what you intended.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "fastScroll (\fPclass\fB FastScroll)"
|
|
Modifies the effect of jump scroll (\fBjumpScroll\fP)
|
|
by suppressing screen refreshes
|
|
for the special case when output to the screen has completely shifted
|
|
the contents off-screen.
|
|
For instance, \fIcat\fP'ing a large file to the screen does this.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font1 (\fPclass\fB Font1)"
|
|
Specifies the name of the first alternative font,
|
|
corresponding to \*(``Unreadable\*('' in the standard menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font2 (\fPclass\fB Font2)"
|
|
Specifies the name of the second alternative font,
|
|
corresponding to \*(``Tiny\*('' in the standard menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font3 (\fPclass\fB Font3)"
|
|
Specifies the name of the third alternative font,
|
|
corresponding to \*(``Small\*('' in the standard menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font4 (\fPclass\fB Font4)"
|
|
Specifies the name of the fourth alternative font,
|
|
corresponding to \*(``Medium\*('' in the standard menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font5 (\fPclass\fB Font5)"
|
|
Specifies the name of the fifth alternative font,
|
|
corresponding to \*(``Large\*('' in the standard menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font6 (\fPclass\fB Font6)"
|
|
Specifies the name of the sixth alternative font,
|
|
corresponding to \*(``Huge\*('' in the standard menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "fontDoublesize (\fPclass\fB FontDoublesize)"
|
|
Specifies whether \fI\*n\fP should attempt to use font scaling to draw
|
|
double-sized characters.
|
|
Some older font servers cannot do this properly, will return misleading
|
|
font metrics.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
If disabled, \fI\*n\fP will simulate double-sized characters by drawing
|
|
normal characters with spaces between them.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "fontWarnings (\fPclass\fB FontWarnings)"
|
|
Specify whether \fI\*n\fP should report an error if it fails to load a font:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
0
|
|
Never report an error (though the X libraries may).
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
1
|
|
Report an error if the font name was given as a resource setting.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
2
|
|
Always report an error on failure to load a font.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default is \*(``1\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "forceBoxChars (\fPclass\fB ForceBoxChars)"
|
|
Specifies whether \fI\*n\fP should assume the normal and bold fonts
|
|
have VT100 line-drawing characters:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.bP
|
|
The fixed-pitch ISO-8859-*-encoded fonts used by \fI\*n\fP
|
|
normally have the VT100 line-drawing glyphs in cells 1-31.
|
|
Other fixed-pitch fonts may be more attractive, but lack these glyphs.
|
|
.bP
|
|
When using an ISO-10646-1 font and the \fBwideChars\fP resource is true,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP uses the Unicode glyphs which match the VT100 line-drawing glyphs.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
If \*(``false\*('', \fI\*n\fP checks for missing glyphs in the font
|
|
and makes line-drawing characters directly as needed.
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', \fI\*n\fP assumes the font does not contain the
|
|
line-drawing characters, and draws them directly.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "forcePackedFont (\fPclass\fB ForcePackedFont)"
|
|
Specifies whether \fI\*n\fP should use the maximum or minimum glyph
|
|
width when displaying using a bitmap font.
|
|
Use the maximum width to help with proportional fonts.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*('', denoting the minimum width.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "foreground (\fPclass\fB Foreground)"
|
|
Specifies the color to use for displaying text in the window.
|
|
Setting the
|
|
class name instead of the instance name is an easy way to have everything
|
|
that would normally appear in the text color change color.
|
|
The default
|
|
is \*(``XtDefaultForeground\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "formatOtherKeys (\fPclass\fB FormatOtherKeys)"
|
|
Overrides the format of the escape sequence used to report modified keys
|
|
with the \fImodifyOtherKeys\fP resource.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
0
|
|
send modified keys as parameters for function-key 27 (default).
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
1
|
|
send modified keys as parameters for CSI\ u.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "freeBoldBox (\fPclass\fB FreeBoldBox)"
|
|
Specifies whether \fI\*n\fP should assume the bounding boxes for
|
|
normal and bold fonts are compatible.
|
|
If \*(``false\*('', \fI\*n\fP compares them and will reject choices of
|
|
bold fonts that do not match the size of the normal font.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*('', which means that the comparison is performed.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "geometry (\fPclass\fB Geometry)"
|
|
Specifies the preferred size and position of the VT102 window.
|
|
There is no default for this resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "highlightColor (\fPclass\fB HighlightColor)"
|
|
Specifies the color to use for the background of selected (highlighted) text.
|
|
If not specified (i.e., matching the default foreground), reverse video is used.
|
|
The default is \*(``XtDefaultForeground\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "highlightColorMode (\fPclass\fB HighlightColorMode)"
|
|
Specifies whether \fI\*n\fP should use
|
|
\fBhighlightTextColor\fP and \fBhighlightColor\fP
|
|
to override the reversed foreground/background colors in a selection.
|
|
The default is unspecified:
|
|
at startup, \fI\*n\fP checks if those resources are set to something
|
|
other than the default foreground and background colors.
|
|
Setting this resource disables the check.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The following table shows the interaction of the highlighting
|
|
resources, abbreviated as shown to fit in this page:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
HCM
|
|
highlightColorMode
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
HR
|
|
highlightReverse
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
HBG
|
|
highlightColor
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
HFG
|
|
highlightTextColor
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
.ne 34
|
|
.TS
|
|
l l l l l
|
|
_ _ _ _ _
|
|
l l l l l.
|
|
\fIHCM\fR \fIHR\fR \fIHBG\fR \fIHFG\fR \fIHighlight\fP
|
|
false false default default bg/fg
|
|
false false default set bg/fg
|
|
false false set default fg/HBG
|
|
false false set set fg/HBG
|
|
=
|
|
false true default default bg/fg
|
|
false true default set bg/fg
|
|
false true set default fg/HBG
|
|
false true set set fg/HBG
|
|
=
|
|
true false default default bg/fg
|
|
true false default set HFG/fg
|
|
true false set default bg/HBG
|
|
true false set set HFG/HBG
|
|
=
|
|
true true default default fg/fg (useless)
|
|
true true default set HFG/fg
|
|
true true set default fg/HBG
|
|
true true set set HFG/HBG
|
|
=
|
|
default false default default bg/fg
|
|
default false default set bg/fg
|
|
default false set default fg/HBG
|
|
default false set set HFG/HBG
|
|
=
|
|
default true default default bg/fg
|
|
default true default set bg/fg
|
|
default true set default fg/HBG
|
|
default true set set HFG/HBG
|
|
=
|
|
.TE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "highlightReverse (\fPclass\fB HighlightReverse)"
|
|
Specifies whether \fI\*n\fP should reverse the selection foreground
|
|
and background colors when selecting text with reverse-video attribute.
|
|
This applies only to
|
|
the \fBhighlightColor\fP and \fBhighlightTextColor\fP resources,
|
|
e.g., to match the color scheme of \fIxwsh\fP.
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', \fI\*n\fP reverses the colors,
|
|
If \*(``false\*('', \fI\*n\fP does not reverse colors,
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "highlightSelection (\fPclass\fB HighlightSelection)"
|
|
If \*(``false\*('', selecting with the mouse highlights all positions on the screen
|
|
between the beginning of the selection and the current position.
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', \fI\*n\fP highlights only the positions that contain text that
|
|
can be selected.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Depending on the way your applications write to the screen, there may
|
|
be trailing blanks on a line.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP stores data as it is shown on the screen.
|
|
Erasing the display changes the internal state of each cell
|
|
so it is not considered a blank for the purpose of selection.
|
|
Blanks written since the last erase are selectable.
|
|
If you do not wish to have trailing blanks in a selection,
|
|
use the \fBtrimSelection\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "highlightTextColor (\fPclass\fB HighlightTextColor)"
|
|
Specifies the color to use for the foreground of selected (highlighted) text.
|
|
If not specified (i.e., matching the default background), reverse video is used.
|
|
The default is \*(``XtDefaultBackground\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "hpLowerleftBugCompat (\fPclass\fB HpLowerleftBugCompat)"
|
|
Specifies whether to work around a bug in HP's \fIxdb\fP,
|
|
which ignores termcap and always sends
|
|
ESC F to move to the lower left corner.
|
|
\*(``true\*('' causes \fI\*n\fP to interpret ESC F as a request to move to the
|
|
lower left corner of the screen.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "i18nSelections (\fPclass\fB I18nSelections)"
|
|
If false, \fI\*n\fP will not request the targets
|
|
.B COMPOUND_TEXT
|
|
or
|
|
.BR TEXT .
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''. It may be set to false in order to work around
|
|
ICCCM violations by other X clients.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "iconBorderColor (\fPclass\fB BorderColor)"
|
|
Specifies the border color for the active icon window if this feature
|
|
is compiled into \fI\*n\fR.
|
|
Not all window managers will make the icon
|
|
border visible.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "iconBorderWidth (\fPclass\fB BorderWidth)"
|
|
Specifies the border width for the active icon window if this feature
|
|
is compiled into \fI\*n\fR.
|
|
The default is \*(``2\*(''.
|
|
Not all window managers will make the border visible.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "iconFont (\fPclass\fB IconFont)"
|
|
Specifies the font for the miniature active icon window, if this feature
|
|
is compiled into \fI\*n\fR.
|
|
The default is \*(``nil2\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "initialFont (\fPclass\fB InitialFont)"
|
|
Specifies which of the VT100 fonts to use initially.
|
|
Values are the same as for the \fBset-vt-font\fP action.
|
|
The default is \*(``d\*('', i.e., \*(``default\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "inputMethod (\fPclass\fB XtCInputMethod)"
|
|
Tells \fI\*n\fP which type of input method to use.
|
|
There is no default method.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "internalBorder (\fPclass\fB BorderWidth)"
|
|
Specifies the number of pixels between the characters and the window border.
|
|
The default is \*(``2\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "italicULMode (\fPclass\fB ColorAttrMode)"
|
|
Specifies whether characters with the underline attribute should be displayed
|
|
in an italic font or as underlined characters.
|
|
It is implemented only for TrueType fonts.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "jumpScroll (\fPclass\fB JumpScroll)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not jump scroll should be used.
|
|
This corresponds to the VT102 DECSCLM private mode.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
See \fBfastScroll\fP for a variation.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "keepSelection (\fPclass\fB KeepSelection)"
|
|
Specifies whether \fI\*n\fR will keep the selection even after the
|
|
selected area was touched by some output to the terminal.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "keyboardDialect (\fPclass\fB KeyboardDialect)"
|
|
Specifies the initial keyboard dialect, as well as the default value when
|
|
the terminal is reset.
|
|
The value given is the same as the final character in the control sequences
|
|
which change character sets.
|
|
The default is \*(``B\*('', which corresponds to US ASCII.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "\fIname\fP\fBKeymap\fP (class\fB \fIName\fP\fBKeymap\fP)"
|
|
See the discussion of the \fBkeymap()\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "limitResize (\fPclass\fB LimitResize)"
|
|
Limits resizing of the screen via control sequence to a given multiple of
|
|
the display dimensions.
|
|
The default is \*(``1\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "locale (\fPclass\fB Locale)"
|
|
Specifies how to use \fIluit\fR, an encoding converter between UTF-8
|
|
and locale encodings.
|
|
The resource value (ignoring case) may be:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 4
|
|
.I true
|
|
\fI\*n\fR will use the
|
|
encoding specified by the users' LC_CTYPE locale (i.e., LC_ALL,
|
|
LC_CTYPE, or LANG variables) as far as possible.
|
|
This is realized
|
|
by always enabling UTF-8 mode and invoking \fIluit\fR in non-UTF-8
|
|
locales.
|
|
.TP
|
|
.I medium
|
|
\fI\*n\fR will follow users'
|
|
LC_CTYPE locale only for UTF-8, east Asian, and Thai locales,
|
|
where the encodings were not supported by conventional 8bit mode
|
|
with changing fonts.
|
|
For other locales, \fI\*n\fR will use conventional 8bit mode.
|
|
.TP
|
|
.I checkfont
|
|
If mini-luit is compiled-in, \fI\*n\fR will check if a Unicode font has
|
|
been specified.
|
|
If so, it checks if the character encoding for the
|
|
current locale is POSIX, Latin-1 or Latin-9, uses the appropriate
|
|
mapping to support those with the Unicode font.
|
|
For other encodings, \fI\*n\fR assumes that UTF-8 encoding is required.
|
|
.TP
|
|
.I false
|
|
\fI\*n\fR will use conventional 8bit mode
|
|
or UTF-8 mode according to \fButf8\fR resource or \fB\-u8\fP option.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
Any other value, e.g., \*(``UTF-8\*('' or \*(``ISO8859-2\*('',
|
|
is assumed to be an encoding name;
|
|
\fIluit\fR will be invoked to support the encoding.
|
|
The actual list of supported encodings depends on \fIluit\fR.
|
|
The default is \*(``medium\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Regardless of your locale and encoding,
|
|
you need an ISO-10646-1 font to display the result.
|
|
Your configuration may not include this font,
|
|
or locale-support by \fI\*n\fP may not be needed.
|
|
At startup, \fI\*n\fP uses a mechanism equivalent to
|
|
the \fBload-vt-fonts(utf8Fonts,\ Utf8Fonts)\fP action
|
|
to load font name subresources of the VT100 widget.
|
|
That is,
|
|
resource patterns such as \*(``\fB*vt100.utf8Fonts.font\fP\*('' will be loaded,
|
|
and (if this resource is enabled), override the normal fonts.
|
|
If no subresources are found,
|
|
the normal fonts such as \*(``\fB*vt100.font\fP\*('', etc., are used.
|
|
The resource files distributed with \fI\*n\fP use ISO-10646-1 fonts,
|
|
but do not rely on them unless you are using the locale mechanism.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "localeFilter (\fPclass\fB LocaleFilter)"
|
|
Specifies the file name for the encoding converter from/to locale
|
|
encodings and UTF-8 which is used with the \fB\-lc\fR option or \fBlocale\fR resource.
|
|
The help message shown by \*(``\*n \-help\*('' lists the default value,
|
|
which depends on your system configuration.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If the encoding converter requires command-line parameters,
|
|
you can add those after the command, e.g.,
|
|
.NS
|
|
*localeFilter: xterm-filter -p
|
|
.NE
|
|
.IP
|
|
Alternatively,
|
|
you may put those parameter within a shell script to execute the converter,
|
|
and set this resource to point to the shell script.
|
|
.IP
|
|
When using a locale-filter, e.g., with the \fI\-e\fP option, or the shell,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP first tries passing control via that filter.
|
|
If it fails, \fI\*n\fP will retry without the locale-filter.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP warns about the failure before retrying.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "loginShell (\fPclass\fB LoginShell)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not the shell to be run in the window should be started
|
|
as a login shell.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "marginBell (\fPclass\fB MarginBell)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not the bell should be rung when the user types near the
|
|
right margin.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "metaSendsEscape (\fPclass\fB MetaSendsEscape\fP)"
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', Meta characters
|
|
(a character combined with the \fIMeta\fP modifier key)
|
|
are converted into a two-character
|
|
sequence with the character itself preceded by ESC.
|
|
This applies as well to function key control sequences, unless \fI\*n\fP
|
|
sees that \fBMeta\fP is used in your key translations.
|
|
If \*(``false\*('', Meta characters input from the keyboard are handled according
|
|
to the \fBeightBitInput\fP resource.
|
|
The default is \*(``__meta_sends_esc__\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "mkSamplePass (\fPclass\fB MkSamplePass)"
|
|
If \fBmkSampleSize\fP is nonzero,
|
|
and \fBmkWidth\fP (and \fBcjkWidth\fP) are false,
|
|
on startup \fI\*n\fP compares its built-in tables to the system's
|
|
wide character width data to decide if it will use the system's data.
|
|
It tests the first \fBmkSampleSize\fP character values,
|
|
and allows up to \fBmkSamplePass\fP mismatches before the test fails.
|
|
The default (for the allowed number of mismatches) is 256.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "mkSampleSize (\fPclass\fB MkSampleSize)"
|
|
With \fBmkSamplePass\fP, this specifies a startup test used for
|
|
initializing wide character width calculations.
|
|
The default (number of characters to check) is 1024.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "mkWidth (\fPclass\fB MkWidth)"
|
|
Specifies whether \fI\*n\fP should use a built-in version of the wide
|
|
character width calculation.
|
|
See also the \fBcjkWidth\fP resource which can override this.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Here is a summary of the resources which control the choice of
|
|
wide character width calculation:
|
|
.ne 8
|
|
.TS
|
|
l l l
|
|
_ _ _
|
|
l l l.
|
|
\fIcjkWidth\fR \fImkWidth\fR \fIAction\fP
|
|
false false use system tables subject to \fBmkSamplePass\fP
|
|
false true use built-in tables
|
|
true false use built-in CJK tables
|
|
true true use built-in CJK tables
|
|
.TE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "modifyCursorKeys (\fPclass\fB ModifyCursorKeys\fP)"
|
|
Tells how to handle the special case where
|
|
Control-, Shift-, Alt- or Meta-modifiers are used to add a parameter to
|
|
the escape sequence returned by a cursor-key.
|
|
The default is \*(``2\*('':
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
\-1
|
|
disables the feature.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
0
|
|
uses the old/obsolete behavior.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
1
|
|
prefixes modified sequences with CSI.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
2
|
|
forces the modifier to be the second parameter if it would
|
|
otherwise be the first.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
3
|
|
marks the sequence with a \*(``>\*('' to hint that it is private.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "modifyFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB ModifyFunctionKeys\fP)"
|
|
Tells how to handle the special case where
|
|
Control-, Shift-, Alt- or Meta-modifiers are used to add a parameter to
|
|
the escape sequence returned by a (numbered) function-key.
|
|
The default is \*(``2\*(''.
|
|
The resource values are similar to \fBmodifyCursorKeys\fP:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
\-1
|
|
permits the user to use shift- and control-modifiers
|
|
to construct function-key strings using the normal encoding scheme.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
0
|
|
uses the old/obsolete behavior.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
1
|
|
prefixes modified sequences with CSI.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
2
|
|
forces the modifier to be the second parameter if it would
|
|
otherwise be the first.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
3
|
|
marks the sequence with a \*(``>\*('' to hint that it is private.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
If \fBmodifyFunctionKeys\fP is zero,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP uses Control- and Shift-modifiers to allow the user to
|
|
construct numbered function-keys beyond the set provided by the
|
|
keyboard:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
Control
|
|
adds the value given by the \fBctrlFKeys\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
Shift
|
|
adds twice the value given by the \fBctrlFKeys\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
Control/Shift
|
|
adds three times the value given by the \fBctrlFKeys\fP resource.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "modifyKeyboard (\fPclass\fB ModifyKeyboard\fP)"
|
|
Normally \fI\*n\fP makes a special case regarding
|
|
modifiers (shift, control, etc.)
|
|
to handle special keyboard layouts (\fBlegacy\fP and \fBvt220\fP).
|
|
This is done to provide compatible keyboards for DEC VT220 and related
|
|
terminals that implement user-defined keys (UDK).
|
|
.IP
|
|
The bits of the resource value selectively enable
|
|
modification of the given category when these keyboards are selected.
|
|
The default is \*(``0\*('':
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
0
|
|
The legacy/vt220 keyboards interpret only the
|
|
Control-modifier when constructing numbered function-keys.
|
|
Other special keys are not modified.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
1
|
|
allows modification of the numeric keypad
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
2
|
|
allows modification of the editing keypad
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
4
|
|
allows modification of function-keys,
|
|
overrides use of Shift-modifier for UDK.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
8
|
|
allows modification of other special keys
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "modifyOtherKeys (\fPclass\fB ModifyOtherKeys\fP)"
|
|
Like \fBmodifyCursorKeys\fP, tells \fI\*n\fP to construct an
|
|
escape sequence for other keys (such as \*(``2\*('') when modified by
|
|
Control-, Alt- or Meta-modifiers.
|
|
This feature does not apply to function keys and well-defined
|
|
keys such as ESC or the control keys.
|
|
The default is \*(``0\*('':
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
0
|
|
disables this feature.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
1
|
|
enables this feature for keys except for those with
|
|
well-known behavior, e.g., Tab, Backarrow and some special
|
|
control character cases, e.g., Control-Space to make a NUL.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
2
|
|
enables this feature for keys including the exceptions listed.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "multiClickTime (\fPclass\fB MultiClickTime)"
|
|
Specifies the maximum time in milliseconds between multi-click select
|
|
events.
|
|
The default is \*(``250\*('' milliseconds.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "multiScroll (\fPclass\fB MultiScroll)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not scrolling should be done asynchronously.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "nMarginBell (\fPclass\fB Column)"
|
|
Specifies the number of characters from the right margin at which the margin
|
|
bell should be rung, when enabled by the \fBmarginBell\fP resource.
|
|
The default is \*(``10\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "numLock (\fPclass\fB NumLock)"
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', \fI\*n\fR checks if NumLock is used as a modifier (see \fIxmodmap\fP(__mansuffix__)).
|
|
If so, this modifier is used to simplify the logic when implementing special
|
|
NumLock for the \fBsunKeyboard\fP resource.
|
|
Also (when \fBsunKeyboard\fP is false), similar logic is used to find the
|
|
modifier associated with the left and right Alt keys.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "oldXtermFKeys (\fPclass\fB OldXtermFKeys)"
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', \fI\*n\fR will use old-style control sequences for function keys F1 to F4,
|
|
for compatibility with X Consortium \fI\*n\fR.
|
|
Otherwise, it uses the VT100-style
|
|
codes for PF1 to PF4.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "on2Clicks (\fPclass\fB On2Clicks)"
|
|
.TP
|
|
.B "on3Clicks (\fPclass\fB On3Clicks)"
|
|
.TP
|
|
.B "on4Clicks (\fPclass\fB On4Clicks)"
|
|
.TP
|
|
.B "on5Clicks (\fPclass\fB On5Clicks)"
|
|
Specify selection behavior in response to multiple mouse clicks.
|
|
A single mouse click is always interpreted as described in
|
|
the \fBSELECTION\fP section (see \fBPOINTER USAGE\fP).
|
|
Multiple mouse clicks (using the button which activates the \fBselect-start\fP
|
|
action) are interpreted according to the resource values of
|
|
\fBon2Clicks\fP, etc.
|
|
The resource value can be one of these:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
word
|
|
Select a \*(``word\*('' as determined by the \fBcharClass\fP resource.
|
|
See the \fBCHARACTER CLASSES\fP section.
|
|
.TP
|
|
line
|
|
Select a line (counting wrapping).
|
|
.TP
|
|
group
|
|
Select a group of adjacent lines (counting wrapping).
|
|
The selection stops on a blank line,
|
|
and does not extend outside the current page.
|
|
.TP
|
|
page
|
|
Select all visible lines, i.e., the page.
|
|
.TP
|
|
all
|
|
Select all lines, i.e., including the saved lines.
|
|
.TP
|
|
regex
|
|
Select a \*(``word\*('' as determined by the regular expression which
|
|
follows in the resource value.
|
|
.TP
|
|
none
|
|
No selection action is associated with this resource.
|
|
\fI\*n\fP interprets it as the end of the list.
|
|
For example, you may use it to disable triple (and higher) clicking
|
|
by setting \fBon3Clicks\fP to \*(``none\*(''.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default values for \fBon2Clicks\fP and \fBon3Clicks\fP are
|
|
\*(``word\*('' and \*(``line\*('', respectively.
|
|
There is no default value for \fBon4Clicks\fP or \fBon5Clicks\fP,
|
|
making those inactive.
|
|
On startup, \fI\*n\fP determines the maximum number of clicks
|
|
by the \fBon\fP\fIX\fP\fBClicks\fP resource values which are set.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "openIm (\fPclass\fB XtCOpenIm)"
|
|
Tells \fI\*n\fP whether to open the input method at startup.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "pointerColor (\fPclass\fB PointerColor)"
|
|
Specifies the foreground color of the pointer.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``XtDefaultForeground\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "pointerColorBackground (\fPclass\fB PointerColorBackground)"
|
|
Specifies the background color of the pointer.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``XtDefaultBackground\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "pointerMode (\fPclass\fB PointerMode)"
|
|
Specifies when the pointer may be hidden as the user types.
|
|
It will be redisplayed if the user moves the mouse,
|
|
or clicks one of its buttons.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
0
|
|
never.
|
|
This is the default.
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
1
|
|
the application running in \fI\*n\fP has not activated mouse mode.
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
2
|
|
always.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "pointerShape (\fPclass\fB Cursor)"
|
|
Specifies the name of the shape of the pointer.
|
|
The default is \*(``xterm\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "popOnBell (\fPclass\fB PopOnBell)"
|
|
Specifies whether the window would be raised when Control-G is received.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If the window is iconified, this has no effect.
|
|
However, the \fBzIconBeep\fP resource provides you with the ability to
|
|
see which iconified windows have sounded a bell.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "precompose (\fPclass\fB XtCPrecompose)"
|
|
Tells \fI\*n\fP whether to precompose UTF-8 data into Normalization Form C,
|
|
which combines commonly-used accents onto base characters.
|
|
If it does not do this, accents are left as separatate characters.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "preeditType (\fPclass\fB XtCPreeditType)"
|
|
Tells \fI\*n\fP which types of preedit (preconversion) string to display.
|
|
The default is \*(``OverTheSpot,Root\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "printAttributes (\fPclass\fB PrintAttributes)"
|
|
Specifies whether to print graphic attributes along with the text.
|
|
A real DEC VTxxx terminal will print the underline, highlighting codes
|
|
but your printer may not handle these.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.bP
|
|
\*(``0\*('' disables the attributes.
|
|
.bP
|
|
\*(``1\*('' prints the normal set of attributes (bold, underline, inverse and blink)
|
|
as VT100-style control sequences.
|
|
.bP
|
|
\*(``2\*('' prints ANSI color attributes as well.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default is \*(``1\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "printFileImmediate (\fPPrintFileImmediate)"
|
|
When the \fBprint-immediate\fP action is invoked,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP prints the screen contents directly to a file.
|
|
Set this resource to the prefix of the filename
|
|
(a timestamp will be appended to the actual name).
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default is an empty string, i.e., \*(``\*('',
|
|
However, when the \fBprint-immediate\fP action is invoked,
|
|
if the string is empty, then \*(``__default_class__\*('' is used.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "printFileOnXError (\fPPrintFileOnXError)"
|
|
If \fI\*n\fP exits with an X error,
|
|
e.g., your connection is broken when the server crashes,
|
|
it can be told to write the contents of the screen to a file.
|
|
To enable the feature, set this resource to the prefix of the filename
|
|
(a timestamp will be appended to the actual name).
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default is an empty string, i.e., \*(``\*('',
|
|
which disables this feature.
|
|
However, when the \fBprint-on-error\fP action is invoked,
|
|
if the string is empty, then \*(``XTermError\*('' is used.
|
|
.IP
|
|
These error codes are handled:
|
|
ERROR_XERROR,
|
|
ERROR_XIOERROR and
|
|
ERROR_ICEERROR.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "printModeImmediate (\fPPrintModeImmediate)"
|
|
When the \fBprint-immediate\fP action is invoked,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP prints the screen contents directly to a file.
|
|
You can use the \fBprintModeImmediate\fP resource to tell it to
|
|
use escape sequences to reconstruct the video attributes and colors.
|
|
This uses the same values as the \fBprintAttributes\fP resource.
|
|
The default is \*(``0\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "printModeOnXError (\fPPrintModeOnXError)"
|
|
\fI\*N\fP implements the \fBprintFileOnXError\fP feature using
|
|
the printer feature, although the output is written directly to a file.
|
|
You can use the \fBprintModeOnXError\fP resource to tell it to
|
|
use escape sequences to reconstruct the video attributes and colors.
|
|
This uses the same values as the \fBprintAttributes\fP resource.
|
|
The default is \*(``0\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "printOptsImmediate (\fPPrintOptsImmediate)"
|
|
Specify the range of text which is printed to a file when
|
|
the \fBprint-immediately\fP action is invoked.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.bP
|
|
If zero (0), then this selects the current (visible screen) plus the
|
|
saved lines, except if the alternate screen is being used.
|
|
In that case, only the alternate screen is selectd.
|
|
.bP
|
|
If nonzero,
|
|
the bits of this resource value (checked in descending order)
|
|
select the range:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
8
|
|
selects the saved lines.
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
4
|
|
selects the alternate screen.
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
2
|
|
selects the normal screen.
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
1
|
|
selects the current screen,
|
|
which can be either the normal or alternate screen.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default is \*(``9\*('', which selects the current visible screen
|
|
plus saved lines, with no special case for the alternated screen.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "printOptsOnXError (\fPPrintOptsOnXError)"
|
|
Specify the range of text which is printed to a file when
|
|
the \fBprint-on-error\fP action is invoked.
|
|
The resource value is interpreted the same as in \fBprintOptsImmediate\fP.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default is \*(``9\*('', which selects the current visible screen
|
|
plus saved lines, with no special case for the alternated screen.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "printerAutoClose (\fPclass\fB PrinterAutoClose)"
|
|
If \*(``true\*('', \fI\*n\fR will close the printer (a pipe) when the application switches
|
|
the printer offline with a Media Copy command.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "printerCommand (\fPclass\fB PrinterCommand)"
|
|
Specifies a shell command to which
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
will open a pipe when the first
|
|
MC (Media Copy) command is initiated.
|
|
The default is an empty string, i.e., \*(``\*(''.
|
|
If the resource value is given as an empty string, the printer is disabled.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "printerControlMode (\fPclass\fB PrinterControlMode)"
|
|
Specifies the printer control mode.
|
|
A \*(``1\*('' selects autoprint mode, which causes
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
to print a line from the screen when you move the cursor off that
|
|
line with a line feed, form feed or vertical tab character, or an
|
|
autowrap occurs.
|
|
Autoprint mode is overridden by printer controller mode (a \*(``2\*(''),
|
|
which causes all of the output to be directed to the printer.
|
|
The default is \*(``0\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "printerExtent (\fPclass\fB PrinterExtent)"
|
|
Controls whether a print page function will print the entire page (true), or
|
|
only the the portion within the scrolling margins (false).
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "printerFormFeed (\fPclass\fB PrinterFormFeed)"
|
|
Controls whether a form feed is sent to the printer at the end of a print
|
|
page function.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "printerNewLine (\fPclass\fB PrinterNewLine)"
|
|
Controls whether a newline is sent to the printer at the end of a print
|
|
page function.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "privateColorRegisters (\fPclass\fB privateColorRegisters)"
|
|
If true, allocate separate color registers for each sixel
|
|
device control string, e.g., for DECGCI.
|
|
If not true, color registers are allocated only once,
|
|
when the terminal is reset.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "quietGrab (\fPclass\fB QuietGrab)"
|
|
Controls whether the cursor is repainted
|
|
when \fINotifyGrab\fP and \fINotifyUngrab\fP
|
|
event types are received during change of focus.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "renderFont (\fPclass\fB RenderFont)"
|
|
If \fI\*n\fR is built with the Xft library,
|
|
this controls whether the \fBfaceName\fR resource is used.
|
|
The default is \*(``default\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The resource values are strings, evaluated as booleans after startup.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
false
|
|
.br
|
|
disable the feature and use the normal (bitmap) font.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
true
|
|
.br
|
|
startup using the TrueType font specified by the \fBfaceName\fP and
|
|
\fBfaceSize\fP resource settings.
|
|
If there is no value for \fBfaceName\fP, disable the feature and use
|
|
the normal (bitmap) font.
|
|
.IP
|
|
After startup, you can still switch to/from the bitmap font using the
|
|
\*(``TrueType Fonts\*('' menu entry.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
default
|
|
.br
|
|
startup using the normal (bitmap) font,
|
|
but enable the \*(``TrueType Fonts\*(''
|
|
menu entry to allow runtime switching to/from TrueType fonts.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If there is no \fBfaceName\fP resource set,
|
|
then runtime switching to TrueType fonts is disabled.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP has a separate compiled-in value for \fBfaceName\fP
|
|
for the special case where \fBrenderFont\fP is \*(``default\*(''.
|
|
That is normally \*(``mono\*(''.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "resizeGravity (\fPclass\fB ResizeGravity)"
|
|
Affects the behavior when the window is resized to be taller or
|
|
shorter.
|
|
\fBNorthWest\fP
|
|
specifies that the top line of text on the screen stay fixed.
|
|
If the window
|
|
is made shorter, lines are dropped from the bottom; if the window is
|
|
made taller, blank lines are added at the bottom.
|
|
This is compatible
|
|
with the behavior in R4.
|
|
\fBSouthWest\fP (the default) specifies that
|
|
the bottom line of text on the screen stay fixed.
|
|
If the window is
|
|
made taller, additional saved lines will be scrolled down onto the
|
|
screen; if the window is made shorter, lines will be scrolled off the
|
|
top of the screen, and the top saved lines will be dropped.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "retryInputMethod (\fPclass\fB XtCRetryInputMethod)"
|
|
Tells \fI\*n\fP how many times to retry,
|
|
in case the input-method server is not responding.
|
|
This is a different issue than unsupported preedit type, etc.
|
|
You may encounter retries if your X configuration (and its libraries)
|
|
are missing pieces.
|
|
Setting this resource to zero ``0'' will cancel the retrying.
|
|
The default is ``3''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "reverseVideo (\fPclass\fB ReverseVideo)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not reverse video should be simulated.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
There are several aspects to reverse video in \fI\*n\fP:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.bP
|
|
The command-line \fB\-rv\fP option tells the X libraries to reverse
|
|
the foreground and background colors.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP's command-line options set resource values.
|
|
In particular, the X Toolkit sets the \fBreverseVideo\fP resource
|
|
when the \fB\-rv\fP option is used.
|
|
.bP
|
|
If the user has also used command-line options \fB\-fg\fP or \fB\-bg\fP
|
|
to set the foreground and background colors,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP does not see these options directly.
|
|
Instead,
|
|
it examines the resource values to reconstruct the command-line options,
|
|
and determine which of the colors is the user's intended foreground, etc.
|
|
Their actual values are irrelevant to the reverse video function;
|
|
some users prefer the X defaults (black text on a white background),
|
|
others prefer white text on a black background.
|
|
.bP
|
|
After startup,
|
|
the user can toggle the \*(``Enable Reverse Video\*('' menu entry.
|
|
This exchanges the current foreground and background colors
|
|
of the VT100 widget,
|
|
and repaints the screen.
|
|
Because of the X resource hierarchy,
|
|
the \fBreverseVideo\fP resource applies to more than the VT100 widget.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
Programs running in an \fI\*n\fP can also use control sequences
|
|
to enable the VT100 reverse video mode.
|
|
These are independent of the \fIreverseVideo\fP resource and the menu entry.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP exchanges the current foreground and background colors
|
|
when drawing text affected by these control sequences.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Other control sequences can alter the foreground and background colors
|
|
which are used:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.bP
|
|
Programs can also use the ANSI color control sequences to set the
|
|
foreground and background colors.
|
|
.bP
|
|
Extensions to the ANSI color controls (such as 16-, 88- or 256-colors)
|
|
are treated similarly to the ANSI control.
|
|
.bP
|
|
Using other control sequences (the \*(``\fIdynamic colors\fR\*('' feature),
|
|
a program can change the foreground and background colors.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "reverseWrap (\fPclass\fB ReverseWrap)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not reverse-wraparound should be enabled.
|
|
This corresponds to \fI\*n\fP's private mode 45.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "rightScrollBar (\fPclass\fB RightScrollBar)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not the scrollbar should be displayed on the right
|
|
rather than the left.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "saveLines (\fPclass\fB SaveLines)"
|
|
Specifies the number of lines to save beyond the top of the screen when a
|
|
scrollbar is turned on.
|
|
The default is \*(``64\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scrollBar (\fPclass\fB ScrollBar)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not the scrollbar should be displayed.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scrollBarBorder (\fPclass\fB ScrollBarBorder)"
|
|
Specifies the width of the scrollbar border.
|
|
Note that this is drawn to overlap the border of the \fI\*n\fP window.
|
|
Modifying the scrollbar's border affects only the line between the VT100
|
|
widget and the scrollbar.
|
|
The default value is 1.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scrollKey (\fPclass\fB ScrollCond)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not pressing a key should automatically cause the
|
|
scrollbar to go to the bottom of the scrolling region.
|
|
This corresponds to \fI\*n\fP's private mode 1011.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scrollLines (\fPclass\fB ScrollLines)"
|
|
Specifies the number of lines that the \fIscroll-back\fP and
|
|
\fBscroll-forw\fP actions should use as a default.
|
|
The default value is 1.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scrollTtyOutput (\fPclass\fB ScrollCond)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not output to the terminal should automatically cause
|
|
the scrollbar to go to the bottom of the scrolling region.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP
|
|
.B "selectToClipboard (\fPclass\fB SelectToClipboard)"
|
|
Tells \fI\*n\fP whether to use the PRIMARY or CLIPBOARD for
|
|
SELECT tokens in the selection mechanism.
|
|
The \fBset-select\fP action can change this at runtime,
|
|
allowing the user to work with programs that handle only one of these
|
|
mechanisms.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*('', which tells it to use PRIMARY.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "shiftFonts (\fPclass\fB ShiftFonts)"
|
|
Specifies whether to enable the actions
|
|
\fBlarger-vt-font()\fP and
|
|
\fBsmaller-vt-font()\fP, which are normally bound to
|
|
the shifted KP_Add and KP_Subtract.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "showBlinkAsBold (\fPclass\fB ShowBlinkAsBold)"
|
|
Tells \fI\*n\fP whether to display text with blink-attribute the same
|
|
as bold.
|
|
If \fI\*n\fP has not been configured to support blinking text,
|
|
the default is \*(``true\*('', which corresponds to older versions of \fI\*n\fP,
|
|
otherwise the default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "showMissingGlyphs (\fPclass\fB ShowMissingGlyphs)"
|
|
Tells \fI\*n\fP whether to display a box outlining places where
|
|
a character has been used that the font does not represent.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "showWrapMarks (\fPclass\fB ShowWrapMarks)"
|
|
For debugging \fI\*n\fP and applications that may manipulate the
|
|
wrapped-line flag by writing text at the right margin,
|
|
show a mark on the right inner-border of the window.
|
|
The mark shows which lines have the flag set.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "signalInhibit (\fPclass\fB SignalInhibit)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not the entries in the \*(``Main Options\*('' menu for sending
|
|
signals to \fI\*n\fP should be disallowed.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "sixelScrolling (\fPclass\fB SixelScrolling)"
|
|
If true, graphics scroll up one line at a time when sixels would be written
|
|
past the bottom line on the window.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tekGeometry (\fPclass\fB Geometry)"
|
|
Specifies the preferred size and position of the Tektronix window.
|
|
There is no default for this resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tekInhibit (\fPclass\fB TekInhibit)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not
|
|
the escape sequence to enter
|
|
Tektronix mode should be ignored.
|
|
The default is
|
|
\*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tekSmall (\fPclass\fB TekSmall)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not the Tektronix mode window should start in its smallest
|
|
size if no explicit geometry is given.
|
|
This is useful when running \fI\*n\fP
|
|
on displays with small screens.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tekStartup (\fPclass\fB TekStartup)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not \fI\*n\fP should start up in Tektronix mode.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tiXtraScroll (\fPclass\fB TiXtraScroll)"
|
|
Specifies whether \fI\*n\fP should scroll to a new page when processing
|
|
the \fIti\fP termcap entry, i.e., the private modes 47, 1047 or 1049.
|
|
This is only in effect if \fBtiteInhibit\fP is \*(``true\*('',
|
|
because the intent of this option is to provide a picture of the full-screen
|
|
application's display on the scrollback without wiping out the text that
|
|
would be shown before the application was initialized.
|
|
The default for this resource is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "titeInhibit (\fPclass\fB TiteInhibit)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not \fI\*n\fP should remove \fIti\fP and \fIte\fP
|
|
termcap entries (used to switch between alternate screens on startup of many
|
|
screen-oriented programs) from the TERMCAP string.
|
|
If set,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP also ignores the escape sequence to switch to the
|
|
alternate screen.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP supports terminfo in a different way, supporting composite control
|
|
sequences (also known as private modes) 1047, 1048 and 1049 which have the same
|
|
effect as the original 47 control sequence.
|
|
The default for this resource is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "titleModes (\fPclass\fB TitleModes)"
|
|
Tells \fI\*n\fP whether to accept or return
|
|
window- and icon-labels in ISO-8859-1
|
|
(the default) or UTF-8.
|
|
Either can be encoded in hexadecimal.
|
|
The default for this resource is \*(``0\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Each bit (bit \*(``0\*('' is 1, bit \*(``1\*('' is 2, etc.)
|
|
corresponds to one of the
|
|
parameters set by the title modes control sequence:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
0
|
|
Set window/icon labels using hexadecimal
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
1
|
|
Query window/icon labels using hexadecimal
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
2
|
|
Set window/icon labels using UTF-8 (overrides \fButf8Title\fP resource).
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
3
|
|
Query window/icon labels using UTF-8
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "translations (\fPclass\fB Translations)"
|
|
Specifies the key and button bindings for menus, selections, \*(``programmed
|
|
strings\*('', etc.
|
|
The \fBtranslations\fP resource,
|
|
which provides much of \fI\*n\fP's configurability,
|
|
is a feature of the X Toolkit Intrinsics library (Xt).
|
|
See the \fBACTIONS\fP section.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "trimSelection (\fPclass\fB TrimSelection)"
|
|
If you set \fBhighlightSelection\fP,
|
|
you can see the text which is selected, including any trailing spaces.
|
|
Clearing the screen (or a line) resets it to a state containing no spaces.
|
|
Some lines may contain trailing spaces when an application writes them to
|
|
the screen.
|
|
However, you may not wish to paste lines with trailing spaces.
|
|
If this resource is true, \fI\*n\fP will trim trailing spaces from
|
|
text which is selected.
|
|
It does not affect spaces which result in a wrapped line, nor will it
|
|
trim the trailing newline from your selection.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "underLine (\fPclass\fB UnderLine)"
|
|
This specifies whether or not text with the underline attribute should be
|
|
underlined.
|
|
It may be desirable to disable underlining when color is being
|
|
used for the underline attribute.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "useClipping (\fPclass\fB UseClipping)"
|
|
Tell \fI\*n\fP whether to use clipping to keep
|
|
from producing dots outside the text drawing area.
|
|
Originally used to work around for overstriking effects,
|
|
this is also needed to work with some incorrectly-sized fonts.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "utf8 (\fPclass\fB Utf8)"
|
|
This specifies whether \fI\*n\fP will run in UTF-8 mode.
|
|
If you set this resource, \fI\*n\fP also sets the \fBwideChars\fP resource as a side-effect.
|
|
The resource can be set via the menu entry \*(``UTF-8 Encoding\*(''.
|
|
The default is \*(``default\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
\fI\*N\fP accepts either a keyword (ignoring case)
|
|
or the number shown in parentheses:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 3
|
|
false (0)
|
|
UTF-8 mode is initially off.
|
|
The command-line option \fB+u8\fP sets the resource to this value.
|
|
Escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are allowed.
|
|
.TP
|
|
true (1)
|
|
UTF-8 mode is initially on.
|
|
Escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are allowed.
|
|
.TP
|
|
always (2)
|
|
The command-line option \fB\-u8\fP sets the resource to this value.
|
|
Escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are ignored.
|
|
.TP
|
|
default (3)
|
|
This is the default value of the resource.
|
|
It is changed during initialization depending on
|
|
whether the \fBlocale\fP resource was set,
|
|
to false (0) or always (2).
|
|
See the \fBlocale\fR resource for additional discussion of non-UTF-8 locales.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
If you want to set the value of \fButf8\fP, it should be in this range.
|
|
Other nonzero values are treated the same as \*(``1\*('',
|
|
i.e., UTF-8 mode is initially on, and
|
|
escape sequences for turning UTF-8 mode on/off are allowed.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "utf8Fonts (\fPclass\fB Utf8Fonts)"
|
|
See the discussion of the \fBlocale\fP resource.
|
|
This specifies whether \fI\*n\fP will use UTF-8 fonts specified via
|
|
resource patterns such as \*(``\fB*vt100.utf8Fonts.font\fP\*(''
|
|
or normal (ISO-8859-1) fonts via patterns such as \*(``\fB*vt100.font\fP\*(''.
|
|
The resource can be set via the menu entry \*(``UTF-8 Fonts\*(''.
|
|
The default is \*(``default\*(''.
|
|
.IP
|
|
\fI\*N\fP accepts either a keyword (ignoring case)
|
|
or the number shown in parentheses:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
false (0)
|
|
Use the ISO-8859-1 fonts.
|
|
The menu entry is enabled, allowing the choice of fonts to be changed
|
|
at runtime.
|
|
.TP
|
|
true (1)
|
|
Use the UTF-8 fonts.
|
|
The menu entry is enabled, allowing the choice of fonts to be changed
|
|
at runtime.
|
|
.TP
|
|
always (2)
|
|
Always use the UTF-8 fonts.
|
|
This also disables the menu entry.
|
|
.TP
|
|
default (3)
|
|
At startup, the resource is set to true or false,
|
|
according to the effective value of the \fButf8\fP resource.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "utf8Latin1 (\fPclass\fB Utf8Latin1)"
|
|
If true,
|
|
allow an ISO-8859-1 \fInormal\fP
|
|
font to be combined with an ISO-10646 font if the latter is given
|
|
via the \fB\-fw\fP option or its corresponding resource value.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "utf8SelectTypes (\fPclass\fB Utf8SelectTypes)"
|
|
Override \fI\*n\fP's default selection target list (see SELECT/PASTE) for
|
|
selections in wide-character (UTF-8) mode.
|
|
The default is an empty string, i.e., \*(``\*('',
|
|
which does not override anything.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "utf8Title (\fPclass\fB Utf8Title)"
|
|
Applications can set \fI\*n\fP's title by writing a control sequence.
|
|
Normally this control sequence follows the VT220 convention,
|
|
which encodes the string in ISO-8859-1 and
|
|
allows for an 8-bit string terminator.
|
|
If \fI\*n\fP is started in a UTF-8 locale,
|
|
it translates the ISO-8859-1 string to UTF-8 to work with the X libraries
|
|
which assume the string is UTF-8.
|
|
.IP
|
|
However, some users may wish to write a title string encoded in UTF-8.
|
|
The window manager is responsible for drawing window titles.
|
|
Some window managers (not all) support UTF-8 encoding of window titles.
|
|
Set this resource to \*(``true\*('' to allow UTF-8 encoded title strings.
|
|
That cancels the translation to UTF-8,
|
|
allowing UTF-8 strings to be displayed as is.
|
|
.IP
|
|
This feature is available as a menu entry, since it is related to
|
|
the particular applications you are running within \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
You can also use a control sequence
|
|
(see the discussion of \*(``Title Modes\*(''
|
|
in the control sequences document), to set an equivalent flag.
|
|
The \fBtitleModes\fP resource sets the same value,
|
|
which overrides this resource.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "veryBoldColors (\fPclass\fB VeryBoldColors)"
|
|
Specifies whether to combine video attributes with colors specified by
|
|
\fBcolorBD\fR, \fBcolorBL\fR, \fBcolorRV\fR and \fBcolorUL\fR.
|
|
The resource value is the sum of values for each attribute:
|
|
.RS 10
|
|
.nf
|
|
1 for reverse,
|
|
2 for underline,
|
|
4 for bold and
|
|
8 for blink.
|
|
.fi
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
The default is \*(``0\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "visualBell (\fPclass\fB VisualBell)"
|
|
Specifies whether or not a visible bell (i.e., flashing) should be used instead
|
|
of an audible bell when Control-G is received.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*('', which tells \fI\*n\fP to use an audible bell.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "visualBellDelay (\fPclass\fB VisualBellDelay)"
|
|
Number of milliseconds to delay when displaying a visual bell.
|
|
Default is 100.
|
|
If set to zero, no visual bell is displayed.
|
|
This is useful for very slow displays, e.g., an LCD display on a laptop.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "visualBellLine (\fPclass\fB VisualBellLine)"
|
|
Specifies whether to flash only the current line when displaying a visual bell.
|
|
rather than flashing the entire screen:
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*('',
|
|
which tells \fI\*n\fP to flash the entire screen.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "vt100Graphics (\fPclass\fB VT100Graphics)"
|
|
This specifies whether \fI\*n\fP will interpret VT100 graphic character
|
|
escape sequences while in UTF-8 mode.
|
|
The default is \*(``true\*('', to provide support for various legacy applications.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "wideBoldFont (\fPclass\fB WideBoldFont)"
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying bold wide text.
|
|
By default,
|
|
it will attempt to use a font twice as wide as the font that will be used to
|
|
draw bold text.
|
|
If no double-width font is found, it will improvise, by stretching
|
|
the bold font.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "wideChars (\fPclass\fB WideChars)"
|
|
Specifies if \fI\*n\fP should respond to control sequences that
|
|
process 16-bit characters.
|
|
The default is \*(``false\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "wideFont (\fPclass\fB WideFont)"
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying wide text.
|
|
By default,
|
|
it will attempt to use a font twice as wide as the font that will be used to
|
|
draw normal text.
|
|
If no double-width font is found, it will improvise, by stretching
|
|
the normal font.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "ximFont (\fPclass\fB XimFont)"
|
|
This option specifies the font to be used for displaying the preedit string
|
|
in the \*(``OverTheSpot\*('' input method.
|
|
.IP
|
|
In \*(``OverTheSpot\*('' preedit type, the preedit (preconversion)
|
|
string is displayed at the position of the cursor.
|
|
It is the XIM server's responsibility to display the preedit string.
|
|
The XIM client must inform the XIM server of the cursor position.
|
|
For best results, the preedit string must be displayed with a proper font.
|
|
Therefore, \fI\*n\fP informs the XIM server of the proper font.
|
|
The font is be supplied by a "fontset", whose default value is \*(``*\*(''.
|
|
This matches every font, the X library automatically chooses fonts with
|
|
proper charsets.
|
|
The \fBximFont\fP resource is provided to override this default font setting.
|
|
.\"
|
|
.SS Tek4014 Widget Resources
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following resources are specified
|
|
as part of the \fItek4014\fP widget (class \fITek4014\fP).
|
|
These are specified by patterns such as \*(``\fB__default_class__.tek4014.\fP\fINAME\fP\*('':
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font2 (\fPclass\fB Font)"
|
|
Specifies font number 2 to use in the Tektronix window.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font3 (\fPclass\fB Font)"
|
|
Specifies font number 3 to use in the Tektronix window.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "fontLarge (\fPclass\fB Font)"
|
|
Specifies the large font to use in the Tektronix window.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "fontSmall (\fPclass\fB Font)"
|
|
Specifies the small font to use in the Tektronix window.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "ginTerminator (\fPclass\fB GinTerminator)"
|
|
Specifies what character(s) should follow a GIN report or status report.
|
|
The possibilities are \*(``none\*('', which sends no terminating characters,
|
|
\*(``CRonly\*('', which sends CR, and \*(``CR&EOT\*('', which sends both CR and EOT.
|
|
The default is \*(``none\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "height (\fPclass\fB Height)"
|
|
Specifies the height of the Tektronix window in pixels.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "initialFont (\fPclass\fB InitialFont)"
|
|
Specifies which of the four Tektronix fonts to use initially.
|
|
Values are the same as for the \fBset-tek-text\fP action.
|
|
The default is \*(``large\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "width (\fPclass\fB Width)"
|
|
Specifies the width of the Tektronix window in pixels.
|
|
.\"
|
|
.SS Menu Resources
|
|
.PP
|
|
The resources that may be specified for the various menus are described in
|
|
the documentation for the Athena \fBSimpleMenu\fP widget.
|
|
The name and classes of the entries in each of the menus are listed below.
|
|
Resources named \*(``\fBline\fR\fIN\fR\*('' where \fIN\fR is a number
|
|
are separators with class \fBSmeLine\fR.
|
|
.PP
|
|
As with all X resource-based widgets,
|
|
the labels mentioned are customary defaults for the application.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The \fIMain Options\fP menu (widget name \fImainMenu\fP)
|
|
has the following entries:
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "toolbar (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-toolbar(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "securekbd (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBsecure()\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "allowsends (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBallow-send-events(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "redraw (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBredraw()\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "logging (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBlogging(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "print-immediate (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBprint-immediate()\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "print-on-error (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBprint-on-error()\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "print (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBprint()\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "print-redir (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBprint-redir()\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "8-bit-control (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-8-bit-control(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "backarrow\ key (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-backarrow(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "num-lock (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-num-lock(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "alt-esc (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBalt-sends-escape(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "meta-esc (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBmeta-sends-escape(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "delete-is-del (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBdelete-is-del(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "oldFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBold-function-keys(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "hpFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBhp-function-keys(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scoFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBsco-function-keys(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "sunFunctionKeys (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBsun-function-keys(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "sunKeyboard (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBsunKeyboard(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "suspend (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBsend-signal(tstp)\fP action on systems that
|
|
support job control.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "continue (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBsend-signal(cont)\fP action on systems that
|
|
support job control.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "interrupt (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBsend-signal(int)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "hangup (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBsend-signal(hup)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "terminate (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBsend-signal(term)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "kill (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBsend-signal(kill)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "quit (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBquit()\fP action.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The \fIVT Options\fP menu (widget name \fIvtMenu\fP)
|
|
has the following entries:
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scrollbar (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-scrollbar(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "jumpscroll (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-jumpscroll(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "reversevideo (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-reverse-video(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "autowrap (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-autowrap(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "reversewrap (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-reversewrap(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "autolinefeed (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-autolinefeed(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "appcursor (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-appcursor(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "appkeypad (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-appkeypad(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scrollkey (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-scroll-on-key(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scrollttyoutput (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-scroll-on-tty-output(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "allow132 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-allow132(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "cursesemul (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-cursesemul(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "visualbell (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-visualbell(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "bellIsUrgent (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-bellIsUrgent(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "poponbell (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-poponbell(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "cursorblink (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-cursorblink(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "titeInhibit (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-titeInhibit(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "activeicon (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry toggles active icons on and off if this feature was
|
|
compiled into \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
It is enabled only if \fI\*n\fP
|
|
was started with the command line option +ai or the \fBactiveIcon\fP
|
|
resource is set to \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "softreset (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBsoft-reset()\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "hardreset (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBhard-reset()\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "clearsavedlines (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBclear-saved-lines()\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tekshow (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-visibility(tek,toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tekmode (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-terminal-type(tek)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "vthide (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-visibility(vt,off)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "altscreen (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-altscreen(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "sixelScrolling (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-sixel-scrolling(toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The \fIVT Fonts\fP menu (widget name \fIfontMenu\fP)
|
|
has the following entries:
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "fontdefault (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(d)\fP action,
|
|
setting the font using the \fBfont\fP (default) resource,
|
|
e.g., \*(``Default\*('' in the menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font1 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(1)\fP action,
|
|
setting the font using the \fBfont1\fP resource,
|
|
e.g., \*(``Unreadable\*('' in the menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font2 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(2)\fP action,
|
|
setting the font using the \fBfont2\fP resource,
|
|
e.g., \*(``Tiny\*('' in the menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font3 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(3)\fP action,
|
|
setting the font using the \fBfont3\fP resource,
|
|
e.g., \*(``Small\*('' in the menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font4 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(4)\fP action,
|
|
letting the font using the \fBfont4\fP resource,
|
|
e.g., \*(``Medium\*('' in the menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font5 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(5)\fP action,
|
|
letting the font using the \fBfont5\fP resource,
|
|
e.g., \*(``Large\*('' in the menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font6 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(6)\fP action,
|
|
letting the font using the \fBfont6\fP resource,
|
|
e.g., \*(``Huge\*('' in the menu.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "fontescape (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(e)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "fontsel (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-vt-font(s)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font-linedrawing (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-font-linedrawing(s)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font-packed (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-font-packed(s)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "font-doublesize (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-font-doublesize(s)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "render-font (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-render-font(s)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "utf8-mode (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-utf8-mode(s)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "utf8-title (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-utf8-title(s)\fP action.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The \fITEK Options\fP menu (widget name \fItekMenu\fP)
|
|
has the following entries:
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tektextlarge (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-tek-text(large)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tektext2 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-tek-text(2)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tektext3 (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-tek-text(3)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tektextsmall (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-tek-text(small)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tekpage (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBtek-page()\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tekreset (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBtek-reset()\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tekcopy (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBtek-copy()\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "vtshow (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-visibility(vt,toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "vtmode (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-terminal-type(vt)\fP action.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tekhide (\fPclass\fB SmeBSB)"
|
|
This entry invokes the \fBset-visibility(tek,toggle)\fP action.
|
|
.\"
|
|
.SS Scrollbar Resources
|
|
.PP
|
|
The following resources are useful when specified for the Athena Scrollbar
|
|
widget:
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "thickness (\fPclass\fB Thickness)"
|
|
Specifies the width in pixels of the scrollbar.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "background (\fPclass\fB Background)"
|
|
Specifies the color to use for the background of the scrollbar.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "foreground (\fPclass\fB Foreground)"
|
|
Specifies the color to use for the foreground of the scrollbar.
|
|
The \*(``thumb\*(''
|
|
of the scrollbar is a simple checkerboard pattern alternating pixels for
|
|
foreground and background color.
|
|
.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH "POINTER USAGE"
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Once the VT102 window is created,
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
allows you to select text and copy it within the same or other windows.
|
|
.
|
|
.SS "SELECTION"
|
|
.PP
|
|
The selection functions are invoked when the pointer buttons are used with no
|
|
modifiers, and when they are used with the \*(``shift\*('' key.
|
|
The assignment of the functions described below to keys and buttons may
|
|
be changed through the resource database; see \fBACTIONS\fP below.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Pointer button one (usually left) is used to save text into the cut buffer.
|
|
Move the cursor to beginning of the text,
|
|
and then hold the button down while moving the cursor to the end of the region
|
|
and releasing the button.
|
|
The selected text is highlighted and is saved in the global cut buffer
|
|
and made the PRIMARY selection when the button is released.
|
|
Normally (but see the discussion of \fBon2Clicks\fP, etc):
|
|
.bP
|
|
Double-clicking selects by words.
|
|
.bP
|
|
Triple-clicking
|
|
selects by lines.
|
|
.bP
|
|
Quadruple-clicking goes back to characters, etc.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Multiple-click is determined by the time from button up to
|
|
button down, so you can change the selection unit in the middle of a selection.
|
|
Logical words and lines selected by double- or triple-clicking may wrap
|
|
across more than one screen line if lines were wrapped by \fI\*n\fP
|
|
itself rather than by the application running in the window.
|
|
If the key/button bindings specify that an X selection is to be made,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP will leave the selected text highlighted for as long as it
|
|
is the selection owner.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Pointer button two (usually middle) \*(``types\*('' (pastes) the text from
|
|
the PRIMARY selection, if any, otherwise from
|
|
the cut buffer,
|
|
inserting it as keyboard input.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Pointer button three (usually right) extends the current selection.
|
|
(Without loss of generality,
|
|
you can swap \*(``right\*('' and \*(``left\*('' everywhere in the rest of this
|
|
paragraph.) If pressed while closer to
|
|
the right edge of the selection than the left, it extends/contracts the
|
|
right edge of the selection.
|
|
If you contract the selection past
|
|
the left edge of the selection,
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
assumes you really meant the left edge, restores the original selection, then
|
|
extends/contracts the left edge of the selection.
|
|
Extension starts in the
|
|
selection unit mode
|
|
that the last selection or extension was performed in; you can multiple-click
|
|
to cycle through them.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
By cutting and pasting pieces of text without trailing new lines,
|
|
you can take text from several places in different windows and form a command
|
|
to the shell, for example, or take output from a program and insert it into
|
|
your favorite editor.
|
|
Since cut buffers are globally shared among different applications,
|
|
you may regard each as a \*(``file\*('' whose contents you know.
|
|
The terminal emulator and other text programs should be treating it as if it
|
|
were a text file, i.e., the text is delimited by new lines.
|
|
.
|
|
.SS "SCROLLING"
|
|
.PP
|
|
The scroll region displays the position and amount of text currently showing
|
|
in the window (highlighted) relative to the amount of text actually saved.
|
|
As more text is saved (up to the maximum), the size of the highlighted area
|
|
decreases.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Clicking button one with the pointer in the scroll region moves the
|
|
adjacent line to the top of the display window.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Clicking button three moves the top line of the display window down to the
|
|
pointer position.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Clicking button two moves the display to a position in the saved text
|
|
that corresponds to the pointer's position in the scrollbar.
|
|
.
|
|
.SS "TEKTRONIX POINTER"
|
|
.PP
|
|
Unlike the VT102 window, the Tektronix window does not allow the copying of
|
|
text.
|
|
It does allow Tektronix GIN mode, and in this mode
|
|
the cursor will change from an arrow to a cross.
|
|
Pressing any key will send that key and the current coordinate of the
|
|
cross cursor.
|
|
Pressing button one, two, or three will return the letters \*(``l\*('', \*(``m\*('', and
|
|
\*(``r\*('', respectively.
|
|
If the \*(``shift\*('' key is pressed when a pointer button is pressed, the corresponding
|
|
upper case letter is sent.
|
|
To distinguish a pointer button from a key, the high bit of the character is
|
|
set (but this is bit is normally stripped unless the terminal mode is RAW;
|
|
see
|
|
.IR tty (4)
|
|
for details).
|
|
.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH SELECT/PASTE
|
|
X clients provide select and paste support by responding to requests conveyed
|
|
by the server.
|
|
.SS PRIMARY
|
|
When configured to use the primary selection,
|
|
(the default) \fI\*n\fP can
|
|
provide the selection data in ways which help to retain character
|
|
encoding information as it is pasted.
|
|
.PP
|
|
A user \*(``selects\*('' text on \*n, which highlights the selected text.
|
|
A subsequent \*(``paste\*('' to another client forwards a request to the client owning
|
|
the selection.
|
|
If \fI\*n\fP owns the primary selection, it makes the data
|
|
available in the form of one or more \*(``selection targets\*(''.
|
|
If it does not own the primary selection,
|
|
e.g., if it has released it or another client has
|
|
asserted ownership, it relies on cut-buffers to pass the data.
|
|
But cut-buffers handle only ISO-8859-1 data
|
|
(officially \- some clients ignore the rules).
|
|
.
|
|
.SS CLIPBOARD
|
|
When configured to use the clipboard (see resource \fBselectToClipboard\fP),
|
|
the problem with persistence of ownership is bypassed.
|
|
Otherwise, there is no difference regarding the data which can be
|
|
passed via selection.
|
|
.
|
|
.SS SELECTION TARGETS
|
|
The different types of data which are passed depend on what the receiving
|
|
client asks for.
|
|
These are termed \fIselection targets\fP.
|
|
.PP
|
|
When asking for the selection data,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP tries the following types in this order:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
UTF8_STRING
|
|
This is an XFree86 extension, which denotes that the data is encoded in UTF-8.
|
|
When \fI\*n\fP is built with wide-character support,
|
|
it both accepts and provides this type.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
TEXT
|
|
the text is in the encoding which corresponds to your current locale.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
.\" see xc/doc/specs/CTEXT/ctext.tbl.ms
|
|
.\" (it says the data is stored as a type of ISO 2022)
|
|
COMPOUND_TEXT
|
|
this is a format for multiple character set data, such as multi-lingual text.
|
|
It can store UTF-8 data as a special case.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
STRING
|
|
This is Latin 1 (ISO-8859-1) data.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The middle two (TEXT and COMPOUND_TEXT) are added if \fI\*n\fP
|
|
is configured with the \fBi18nSelections\fP resource set to \*(``true\*(''.
|
|
.PP
|
|
UTF8_STRING is preferred (therefore first in the list)
|
|
since \fI\*n\fP stores text as Unicode data when
|
|
running in wide-character mode, and no translation is needed.
|
|
On the other hand, TEXT and COMPOUND_TEXT may require translation.
|
|
If the translation is incomplete, they will insert X's \*(``defaultString\*(''
|
|
whose value cannot be set, and may simply be empty.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP's \fBdefaultString\fP resource specifies the string to
|
|
use for incomplete translations of the UTF8_STRING.
|
|
.PP
|
|
You can alter the types which \fI\*n\fP tries using the
|
|
\fBeightBitSelectTypes\fP or \fButf8SelectTypes\fP resources.
|
|
For instance, you might have some specific locale setting
|
|
which does not use UTF-8 encoding.
|
|
The resource value is a comma-separated list of the selection targets,
|
|
which consist of the names shown.
|
|
You can use the special name I18N
|
|
to denote the optional inclusion of TEXT and COMPOUND_TEXT.
|
|
The names are matched ignoring case, and can be abbreviated.
|
|
The default list can be expressed in several ways, e.g.,
|
|
.sp
|
|
.RS
|
|
.nf
|
|
UTF8_STRING,I18N,STRING
|
|
utf8,i18n,string
|
|
u,i,s
|
|
.fi
|
|
.RE
|
|
.
|
|
.SH MENUS
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
.I Xterm
|
|
has four menus, named
|
|
.IR mainMenu ,
|
|
.IR vtMenu ,
|
|
.IR fontMenu ,
|
|
and
|
|
.IR tekMenu .
|
|
Each menu pops up under the correct combinations of key and button presses.
|
|
Each menu is divided into sections, separated by a horizontal line.
|
|
Some menu entries correspond to modes that can be altered.
|
|
A check mark appears next to a mode that is currently active.
|
|
Selecting one of these modes toggles its state.
|
|
Other menu entries are commands;
|
|
selecting one of these performs the indicated function.
|
|
.PP
|
|
All of the menu entries correspond to X actions.
|
|
In the list below, the menu label is shown followed by the action's
|
|
name in parenthesis.
|
|
.
|
|
.\" ************************************************************************
|
|
.SS "Main Options"
|
|
.PP
|
|
The \fI\*n\fP \fImainMenu\fP pops up
|
|
when the \*(``control\*('' key and pointer button one are pressed in a window.
|
|
This menu contains items that apply to both the VT102 and Tektronix windows.
|
|
There are several sections:
|
|
.TP
|
|
Commands for managing X events:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
Toolbar
|
|
Clicking on the \*(``Toolbar\*('' menu entry hides the toolbar if it is visible,
|
|
and shows it if it is not.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Secure Keyboard (securekbd)
|
|
The
|
|
.B Secure Keyboard
|
|
mode is helpful when typing in passwords or other sensitive data in an
|
|
unsecure environment;
|
|
see \fBSECURITY\fP below (but read the limitations carefully).
|
|
.TP
|
|
Allow SendEvents (allowsends)
|
|
Specifies whether or not synthetic key and button events generated using
|
|
the X protocol SendEvent request should be interpreted or discarded.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBallowSendEvents\fP resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Redraw Window (redraw)
|
|
Forces the X display to repaint;
|
|
useful in some environments.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP
|
|
Commands for capturing output:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
Log to File (logging)
|
|
Captures text sent to the screen in a logfile,
|
|
as in the \fB\-l\fP logging option.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Print-All Immediately
|
|
Invokes the \fBprint-immediate\fP action,
|
|
sending the text of the current window directly to a file,
|
|
as specified by the
|
|
\fBprintFileImmediate\fP,
|
|
\fBprintModeImmediate\fP and
|
|
\fBprintOptsImmediate\fP
|
|
resources.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Print-All on Error
|
|
Invokes the \fBprint-on-error\fP action,
|
|
which toggles a flag telling \fI\*n\fP that if it exits with an X error,
|
|
to send the text of the current window directly to a file,
|
|
as specified by the
|
|
\fBprintFileXError\fP,
|
|
\fBprintModeXError\fP and
|
|
\fBprintOptsXError\fP
|
|
resources.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Print Window (print)
|
|
Sends the text of the current window to the program given in the
|
|
\fBprinterCommand\fP resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Redirect to Printer (print-redir)
|
|
This sets the \fBprinterControlMode\fR to 0 or 2.
|
|
You can use this to turn the printer on as if an application had sent
|
|
the appropriate control sequence.
|
|
It is also useful for switching the printer
|
|
off if an application turns it on without resetting the print control mode.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP
|
|
Modes for setting keyboard style:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
8-Bit Controls (8-bit-control)
|
|
Enabled for VT220 emulation, this controls whether \fI\*n\fP will send
|
|
8-bit control sequences rather than using 7-bit (ASCII) controls,
|
|
e.g., sending a byte in the range 128-159 rather than the escape character
|
|
followed by a second byte.
|
|
\fI\*N\fP always interprets both 8-bit and 7-bit control sequences
|
|
(see the document \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP).
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBeightBitControl\fP resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Backarrow Key (BS/DEL) (backarrow\ key)
|
|
Modifies the behavior of the backarrow key, making it transmit
|
|
either a backspace (8)
|
|
or delete (127) character.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBbackarrowKey\fP resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Alt/NumLock Modifiers (num-lock)
|
|
Controls the treatment of Alt- and NumLock-key modifiers.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBnumLock\fP resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Meta Sends Escape (meta-esc)
|
|
Controls whether \fIMeta\fP keys are converted into a two-character
|
|
sequence with the character itself preceded by ESC.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Delete is DEL (delete-is-del)
|
|
Controls whether the Delete key on the editing keypad should send DEL (127)
|
|
or the VT220-style Remove escape sequence.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBdeleteIsDEL\fP resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Old Function-Keys (oldFunctionKeys)
|
|
.TP
|
|
HP Function-Keys (hpFunctionKeys)
|
|
.TP
|
|
SCO Function-Keys (scoFunctionKeys)
|
|
.TP
|
|
Sun Function-Keys (sunFunctionKeys)
|
|
.TP
|
|
VT220 Keyboard (sunKeyboard)
|
|
These act as a radio-button, selecting one style for the keyboard layout.
|
|
It corresponds to more than one resource setting:
|
|
.BR "sunKeyboard" ","
|
|
.BR "sunFunctionKeys" ","
|
|
.BR "scoFunctionKeys" " and"
|
|
.BR "hpFunctionKeys "."
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP
|
|
Commands for process signalling:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
Send STOP Signal (suspend)
|
|
.TP
|
|
Send CONT Signal (continue)
|
|
.TP
|
|
Send INT Signal (interrupt)
|
|
.TP
|
|
Send HUP Signal (hangup)
|
|
.TP
|
|
Send TERM Signal (terminate)
|
|
.TP
|
|
Send KILL Signal (kill)
|
|
These send the SIGTSTP, SIGCONT, SIGINT, SIGHUP, SIGTERM and SIGKILL
|
|
signals respectively, to the process group of the process running under
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
(usually the shell).
|
|
The
|
|
.B SIGCONT
|
|
function is especially useful if the user has accidentally typed CTRL-Z,
|
|
suspending the process.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Quit (quit)
|
|
Stop processing X events except to support the \fB-hold\fP option,
|
|
and then send a SIGHUP signal to the
|
|
the process group of the process running under
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
(usually the shell).
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
.
|
|
.\" ************************************************************************
|
|
.SS "VT Options"
|
|
.PP
|
|
The
|
|
.I vtMenu
|
|
sets various modes in the VT102 emulation, and is popped up when the
|
|
\*(``control\*('' key and pointer button two are pressed in the VT102 window.
|
|
.TP
|
|
VT102/VT220 Modes:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Scrollbar (scrollbar)
|
|
Enable (or disable) the scrollbar.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B \-sb
|
|
option and the
|
|
.B scrollBar
|
|
resource.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Jump Scroll (jumpscroll)
|
|
Enable (or disable) jump scrolling.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B \-j
|
|
option and the
|
|
.B jumpScroll
|
|
resource.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Reverse Video (reversevideo)
|
|
Enable (or disable) reverse-video.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B \-rv
|
|
option and the
|
|
.B reverseVideo
|
|
resource.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Auto Wraparound (autowrap)
|
|
Enable (or disable) auto-wraparound.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B \-aw
|
|
option and the
|
|
.B autoWrap
|
|
resource.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Reverse Wraparound (reversewrap)
|
|
Enable (or disable) reverse wraparound.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B \-rw
|
|
option and the
|
|
.B reverseWrap
|
|
resource.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Auto Linefeed (autolinefeed)
|
|
Enable (or disable) auto-linefeed.
|
|
This is the VT102 NEL function,
|
|
which causes the emulator to emit a linefeed after each carriage return.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option or resource setting.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Application Cursor Keys (appcursor)
|
|
Enable (or disable) application cursor keys.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B appcursorDefault
|
|
resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Application Keypad (appkeypad)
|
|
Enable (or disable) application keypad keys.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B appkeypadDefault
|
|
resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Scroll to Bottom on Key Press (scrollkey)
|
|
Enable (or disable) scrolling to the bottom of the scrolling region on a keypress.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B \-sk
|
|
option and the
|
|
.B scrollKey
|
|
resource.
|
|
.IP
|
|
As a special case, the XON / XOFF keys (control/S and control/Q) are ignored.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Scroll to Bottom on Tty Output (scrollttyoutput)
|
|
Enable (or disable) scrolling to the bottom of the scrolling region on output to the terminal.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B \-si
|
|
option and the
|
|
.B scrollTtyOutput
|
|
resource.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Allow 80/132 Column Switching (allow132)
|
|
Enable (or disable) switching between 80 and 132 columns.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B \-132
|
|
option and the
|
|
.B c132
|
|
resource.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Keep Selection (keepSelection)
|
|
Tell \fI\*n\fP whether to disown the selection when it stops highlighting it,
|
|
e.g., when an application modifies the display so that it no longer matches
|
|
the text which has been highlighted.
|
|
As long as \fI\*n\fP continues to own the selection,
|
|
it can provide the corresponding text to other clients via cut/paste.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B keepSelection
|
|
resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Select to Clipboard (selectToClipboard)
|
|
Tell \fI\*n\fP whether to use the PRIMARY or CLIPBOARD
|
|
for SELECT tokens in the \fBtranslations\fP resource which
|
|
maps keyboard and mouse actions to select/paste actions.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B selectToClipboard
|
|
resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Visual Bell (visualbell)
|
|
Enable (or disable) visible bell (i.e., flashing) instead of an audible bell.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B \-vb
|
|
option and the
|
|
.B visualBell
|
|
resource.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Bell Urgency (bellIsUrgent)
|
|
Enable (or disable) Urgency window manager hint when Control-G is received.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B bellIsUrgent
|
|
resource.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Pop on Bell (poponbell)
|
|
Enable (or disable) raising of the window when Control-G is received.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B \-pop
|
|
option and the
|
|
.B popOnBell
|
|
resource.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Blinking Cursor (cursorblink)
|
|
Enable (or disable) the blinking-cursor feature.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B \-bc
|
|
option and the
|
|
.B cursorBlink
|
|
resource.
|
|
There is also an escape sequence
|
|
(see the document \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP).
|
|
The menu entry and the escape sequence states are XOR'd:
|
|
if both are enabled, the cursor will not blink,
|
|
if only one is enabled, the cursor will blink.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Alternate Screen Switching (titeInhibit)
|
|
Enable (or disable) switching between the normal and alternate screens.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B titeInhibit
|
|
resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Enable Active Icon (activeicon)
|
|
Enable (or disable) the active-icon feature.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B \-ai
|
|
option and the
|
|
.B activeIcon
|
|
resource.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Sixel Scrolling (sixelScrolling)
|
|
When enabled,
|
|
sixel graphics are positioned at the current text cursor location, scroll
|
|
the image vertically if larger than the screen, and leave the text cursor
|
|
after the image when returning to text mode.
|
|
When disabled,
|
|
sixel graphics are positioned at the upper left of the screen, are
|
|
cropped to fit the screen, and do not affect the text cursor location
|
|
(this is the default).
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B sixelScrolling
|
|
resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Private Color Registers (privateColorRegisters)
|
|
When enabled,
|
|
each graphic image uses a separate set of color registers, so that it
|
|
essentially has a private palette (this is the default). If it is not set,
|
|
all graphics images share a common set of registers which is how sixel and
|
|
ReGIS graphics worked on actual hardware. The default is likely a more
|
|
useful mode on modern TrueColor hardware.
|
|
This corresponds to the
|
|
.B privateColorRegisters
|
|
resource.
|
|
There is no corresponding command-line option.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
VT102/VT220 Commands:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
Do Soft Reset (softreset)
|
|
Reset scroll regions.
|
|
This can be convenient when some program has left the scroll regions
|
|
set incorrectly (often a problem when using VMS or TOPS-20).
|
|
This corresponds to the VT220 DECSTR control sequence.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Do Full Reset (hardreset)
|
|
The full reset entry will clear the screen, reset tabs to every
|
|
eight columns, and reset the terminal modes (such as wrap and smooth scroll)
|
|
to their initial states just after
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
has finished processing the command line options.
|
|
This corresponds to the VT102 RIS control sequence,
|
|
with a few obvious differences.
|
|
For example, your session is not disconnected as a real VT102 would do.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Reset and Clear Saved Lines (clearsavedlines)
|
|
Perform a full reset,
|
|
and also clear the saved lines.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Commands for setting the current screen:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Show Tek Window (tekshow)
|
|
When enabled,
|
|
pops the Tektronix 4014 window up (makes it visible).
|
|
When disabled,
|
|
hides the Tektronix 4014 window.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Switch to Tek Mode (tekmode)
|
|
When enabled,
|
|
pops the Tektronix 4014 window up if it is not already visible,
|
|
and switches the input stream to that window.
|
|
When disabled,
|
|
hides the Tektronix 4014 window and
|
|
switches input back to the VTxxx window.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Hide VT Window (vthide)
|
|
When enabled,
|
|
hides the VTxxx window,
|
|
shows the Tektronix 4014 window if
|
|
it was not already visible
|
|
and switches the input stream to that window.
|
|
When disabled,
|
|
shows the VTxxx window,
|
|
and switches the input stream to that window.
|
|
.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Show Alternate Screen (altscreen)
|
|
When enabled,
|
|
shows the alternate screen.
|
|
When disabled,
|
|
shows the normal screen.
|
|
Note that the normal screen may have saved lines;
|
|
the alternate screen does not.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
.
|
|
.SS "VT Fonts"
|
|
.PP
|
|
The \fIfontMenu\fP pops up when
|
|
when the \*(``control\*('' key and pointer button three are pressed in a window.
|
|
It sets the font used in the VT102 window,
|
|
or modifies the way the font is specified or displayed.
|
|
There are several sections.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The first section allows you to select the font from a set of alternatives:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
Default (fontdefault)
|
|
Set the font to the default, i.e., that given by the
|
|
.B *VT100.font
|
|
resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Unreadable (font1)
|
|
Set the font to that given by the
|
|
.B *VT100.font1
|
|
resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Tiny (font2)
|
|
Set the font to that given by the
|
|
.B *VT100.font2
|
|
resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Small (font3)
|
|
Set the font to that given by the
|
|
.B *VT100.font3
|
|
resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Medium (font4)
|
|
Set the font to that given by the
|
|
.B *VT100.font4
|
|
resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Large (font5)
|
|
Set the font to that given by the
|
|
.B *VT100.font5
|
|
resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Huge (font6)
|
|
Set the font to that given by the
|
|
.B *VT100.font6
|
|
resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Escape Sequence
|
|
This allows you to set the font last specified by the Set
|
|
Font escape sequence (see the document \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP).
|
|
.TP
|
|
Selection (fontsel)
|
|
This allows you to set the font specified
|
|
the current selection as a font name (if the PRIMARY selection is owned).
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The second section allows you to modify the way it is displayed:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
Bold Fonts
|
|
This is normally checked (enabled).
|
|
When unchecked, \fI\*n\fP will not use bold fonts.
|
|
The setting corresponds to the \fBallowBoldFonts\fP resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Line-Drawing Characters (font-linedrawing)
|
|
When set, tells \fI\*n\fP to draw its own line-drawing characters.
|
|
Otherwise it relies on the font containing these.
|
|
Compare to the \fBforceBoxChars\fP resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Packed Font (font-packed)
|
|
When set, tells \fI\*n\fP to use the minimum glyph-width from a font
|
|
when displaying characters.
|
|
Use the maximum width (unchecked) to help display proportional fonts.
|
|
Compare to the \fBforcePackedFont\fP resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Doublesized Characters (font-doublesize)
|
|
When set, \fI\*n\fP may ask the font server to produce scaled versions
|
|
of the normal font, for VT102 double-size characters.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The third section allows you to modify the way it is specified:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
TrueType Fonts (render-font)
|
|
If the
|
|
.B "renderFont
|
|
and corresponding resources were set,
|
|
this is a further control whether \fI\*n\fP will actually use the
|
|
Xft library calls to obtain a font.
|
|
.TP
|
|
UTF-8 Encoding (utf8-mode)
|
|
This controls whether \fI\*n\fP uses UTF-8 encoding of input/output.
|
|
It is useful for temporarily switching \fI\*n\fP to display
|
|
text from an application which does not follow the locale settings.
|
|
It corresponds to the \fButf8\fP resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
UTF-8 Fonts (utf8-fonts)
|
|
This controls whether \fI\*n\fP uses UTF-8 fonts for display.
|
|
It is useful for temporarily switching \fI\*n\fP to display
|
|
text from an application which does not follow the locale settings.
|
|
It combines the \fButf8\fP and \fButf8Fonts\fP resources.
|
|
.TP
|
|
UTF-8 Titles (utf8-titles)
|
|
This controls whether \fI\*n\fP accepts UTF-8 encoding for
|
|
title control sequences.
|
|
It corresponds to the \fButf8Fonts\fP resource.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Initially the checkmark is set according to both the \fButf8\fP
|
|
and \fButf8Fonts\fP resource values.
|
|
If the latter is set to \*(``always\*('', the checkmark is disabled.
|
|
Likewise, if there are no fonts given in the \fButf8Fonts\fP
|
|
subresources, then the checkmark also is disabled.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The standard \fB__default_class__\fP app-defaults file defines both sets of fonts,
|
|
while the \fBU__default_class__\fP app-defaults file defines only one set.
|
|
assuming the standard app-defaults files,
|
|
this command will launch \fI\*n\fP able to switch between UTF-8
|
|
and ISO-8859-1 encoded fonts:
|
|
.NS
|
|
u\*n -class __default_class__
|
|
.NE
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
The fourth section allows you to enable or disable special operations
|
|
which can be controlled by writing escape sequences to the terminal.
|
|
These are disabled if the SendEvents feature is enabled:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
Allow Color Ops (allow-font-ops)
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBallowColorOps\fP resource.
|
|
Enable or disable control sequences that set/query the colors.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Allow Font Ops (allow-font-ops)
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBallowFontOps\fP resource.
|
|
Enable or disable control sequences that set/query the font.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Allow Tcap Ops (allow-tcap-ops)
|
|
Enable or disable control sequences that query the terminal's
|
|
notion of its function-key strings, as termcap or terminfo capabilities.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBallowTcapOps\fP resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Allow Title Ops (allow-title-ops)
|
|
Enable or disable control sequences that modify the window title or icon name.
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBallowTitleOps\fP resource.
|
|
.TP
|
|
Allow Window Ops (allow-window-ops)
|
|
Enable or disable extended window control sequences (as used in dtterm).
|
|
This corresponds to the \fBallowWindowOps\fP resource.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.
|
|
.SS "TEK Options"
|
|
.PP
|
|
The
|
|
.I tekMenu
|
|
sets various modes in the Tektronix emulation, and is popped up when the
|
|
\*(``control\*('' key and pointer button two are pressed in the Tektronix window.
|
|
The current font size is checked in the modes section of the menu.
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
Large Characters (tektextlarge)
|
|
.TP
|
|
\ Size Characters (tektext2)
|
|
.TP
|
|
\ Size Characters (tektext3)
|
|
.TP
|
|
Small Characters (tektextsmall)
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Commands:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
PAGE (tekpage)
|
|
Clear the Tektronix window.
|
|
.TP
|
|
RESET (tekreset)
|
|
.TP
|
|
COPY (tekcopy)
|
|
.RE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Windows:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP
|
|
Show VT Window (vtshow)
|
|
.TP
|
|
Switch to VT Mode (vtmode)
|
|
.TP
|
|
Hide Tek Window (tekhide)
|
|
.RE
|
|
.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH SECURITY
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
X environments differ in their security consciousness.
|
|
.bP
|
|
Most servers,
|
|
run under \fIxdm\fP,
|
|
are capable of using a \*(``magic cookie\*('' authorization
|
|
scheme that can provide a reasonable level of security for many people.
|
|
If your server is only using a host-based mechanism to control access to
|
|
the server (see \fIxhost(__mansuffix__)\fP), then if you enable access for a host and
|
|
other users are also permitted to run clients on that same host,
|
|
it is possible that someone can run an application which uses the
|
|
basic services of the X protocol to snoop on your activities,
|
|
potentially capturing a transcript of everything you type at the keyboard.
|
|
.bP
|
|
Any process which has access to your X display can manipulate it
|
|
in ways that you might not anticipate,
|
|
even redirecting your keyboard to itself
|
|
and sending events to your application's windows.
|
|
This is true even with the \*(``magic cookie\*('' authorization scheme.
|
|
While the \fBallowSendEvents\fP provides some protection against
|
|
rogue applications tampering with your programs,
|
|
guarding against a snooper is harder.
|
|
.
|
|
.bP
|
|
The X input extension for instance allows an application to bypass
|
|
all of the other (limited) authorization and security features,
|
|
including the GrabKeyboard protocol.
|
|
.
|
|
.bP
|
|
The possibility of an application spying on your keystrokes
|
|
is of particular concern when you want to type in a password
|
|
or other sensitive data.
|
|
The best solution to this problem is to use a better
|
|
authorization mechanism than is provided by X.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Subject to all of these caveats,
|
|
a simple mechanism exists for protecting keyboard input in \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The \fI\*n\fP menu (see \fBMENUS\fP above) contains a \fBSecure Keyboard\fP
|
|
entry which, when enabled,
|
|
attempts to ensure that all keyboard input is directed
|
|
\fIonly\fP to \fI\*n\fP (using the GrabKeyboard protocol request).
|
|
When an application prompts you for a password
|
|
(or other sensitive data), you can enable \fBSecure Keyboard\fP using the
|
|
menu, type in the data, and then disable \fBSecure Keyboard\fP using
|
|
the menu again.
|
|
.bP
|
|
This ensures that you know which window is accepting your keystrokes.
|
|
.bP
|
|
It cannot ensure that there are no processes which have access to your
|
|
X display that might be observing the keystrokes as well.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Only one X client at a time can grab the keyboard,
|
|
so when you attempt to enable \fBSecure Keyboard\fP it may fail.
|
|
In this case, the bell will sound.
|
|
If the \fBSecure Keyboard\fP succeeds,
|
|
the foreground and background colors will be exchanged (as if you
|
|
selected the \fBReverse Video\fP entry in the \fBModes\fP menu);
|
|
they will be exchanged again when you exit secure mode.
|
|
If the colors
|
|
do \fInot\fP switch, then
|
|
you should be \fIvery\fP suspicious that you are being spoofed.
|
|
If the application you are running displays a prompt before asking for
|
|
the password, it is safest to enter secure mode \fIbefore\fP the
|
|
prompt gets displayed, and to make sure that the prompt gets displayed
|
|
correctly (in the new colors), to minimize the probability of
|
|
spoofing.
|
|
You can also bring up the menu again and make sure that a check
|
|
mark appears next to the entry.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fBSecure Keyboard\fP mode will be disabled automatically if your \fI\*n\fP
|
|
window becomes iconified (or otherwise unmapped), or if you start up
|
|
a reparenting window manager (that places a title bar or other decoration
|
|
around the window) while in \fBSecure Keyboard\fP mode.
|
|
(This is a
|
|
feature of the X protocol not easily overcome.) When this happens,
|
|
the foreground and background colors will be switched back and the bell
|
|
will sound in warning.
|
|
.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH "CHARACTER CLASSES"
|
|
Clicking the left pointer button twice in rapid succession
|
|
(double-clicking) causes all characters of the same class
|
|
(e.g., letters, white space, punctuation) to be selected as a \*(``word\*(''.
|
|
Since different people have different preferences for what should
|
|
be selected (for example, should filenames be selected as a whole or only
|
|
the separate subnames), the default mapping can be overridden through the use
|
|
of the \fBcharClass\fP (class \fICharClass\fP) resource.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This resource is a
|
|
series of comma-separated
|
|
of \fIrange\fP:\fIvalue\fP pairs.
|
|
The
|
|
\fIrange\fP is either a single number or \fIlow\fP-\fIhigh\fP in the range of 0
|
|
to 65535, corresponding to the code for the character or characters to be
|
|
set.
|
|
The \fIvalue\fP is arbitrary, although the default table uses the
|
|
character number of the first character occurring in the set.
|
|
When not in
|
|
UTF-8 mode, only the first 256 bytes of this table will be used.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The default table starts as follows \-
|
|
.NS
|
|
static int charClass[256] = {
|
|
/\(** NUL SOH STX ETX EOT ENQ ACK BEL */
|
|
32, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/\(** BS HT NL VT NP CR SO SI */
|
|
1, 32, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/\(** DLE DC1 DC2 DC3 DC4 NAK SYN ETB */
|
|
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/\(** CAN EM SUB ESC FS GS RS US */
|
|
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/\(** SP ! " # $ % & \*(AQ */
|
|
.\" " <- for emacs autocolor to work well :-)
|
|
32, 33, 34, 35, 36, 37, 38, 39,
|
|
/\(** ( ) * + , \- . / */
|
|
40, 41, 42, 43, 44, 45, 46, 47,
|
|
/\(** 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/\(** 8 9 : ; < = > ? */
|
|
48, 48, 58, 59, 60, 61, 62, 63,
|
|
/\(** @ A B C D E F G */
|
|
64, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/\(** H I J K L M N O */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/\(** P Q R S T U V W */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/\(** X Y Z [ \\ ] ^ _ */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 91, 92, 93, 94, 48,
|
|
/\(** ` a b c d e f g */
|
|
96, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/\(** h i j k l m n o */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/\(** p q r s t u v w */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/\(** x y z { | } ~ DEL */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 123, 124, 125, 126, 1,
|
|
/\(** x80 x81 x82 x83 IND NEL SSA ESA */
|
|
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/\(** HTS HTJ VTS PLD PLU RI SS2 SS3 */
|
|
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/\(** DCS PU1 PU2 STS CCH MW SPA EPA */
|
|
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/\(** x98 x99 x9A CSI ST OSC PM APC */
|
|
1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1, 1,
|
|
/\(** \- i c/ L ox Y\- | So */
|
|
160, 161, 162, 163, 164, 165, 166, 167,
|
|
/\(** .. c0 ip << _ R0 \- */
|
|
168, 169, 170, 171, 172, 173, 174, 175,
|
|
/\(** o +\- 2 3 \*(AQ u q| . */
|
|
176, 177, 178, 179, 180, 181, 182, 183,
|
|
/\(** , 1 2 >> 1/4 1/2 3/4 ? */
|
|
184, 185, 186, 187, 188, 189, 190, 191,
|
|
/\(** A` A\*(AQ A^ A~ A: Ao AE C, */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/\(** E` E\*(AQ E^ E: I` I\*(AQ I^ I: */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/\(** D\- N~ O` O\*(AQ O^ O~ O: X */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 215,
|
|
/\(** O/ U` U\*(AQ U^ U: Y\*(AQ P B */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/\(** a` a\*(AQ a^ a~ a: ao ae c, */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/\(** e` e\*(AQ e^ e: i` i\*(AQ i^ i: */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48,
|
|
/\(** d n~ o` o\*(AQ o^ o~ o: \-: */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 247,
|
|
/\(** o/ u` u\*(AQ u^ u: y\*(AQ P y: */
|
|
48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48, 48};
|
|
.NE
|
|
.IP
|
|
For example, the string \*(``33:48,37:48,45\-47:48,38:48\*('' indicates that the
|
|
exclamation mark, percent sign, dash, period, slash, and ampersand characters
|
|
should be treated the same way as characters and numbers.
|
|
This is useful
|
|
for cutting and pasting electronic mailing addresses and filenames.
|
|
.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH KEY BINDINGS
|
|
.PP
|
|
It is possible to rebind keys (or sequences of keys) to arbitrary strings
|
|
for input, by changing the \fBtranslations\fP resources
|
|
for the vt100 or tek4014 widgets.
|
|
Changing the \fBtranslations\fP resource
|
|
for events other than key and button events is not expected,
|
|
and will cause unpredictable behavior.
|
|
.SS ACTIONS
|
|
The following
|
|
actions are provided for use within the \fIvt100\fP or \fItek4014\fP
|
|
\fBtranslations\fP resources:
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "allow-color-ops(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBallowColorOps\fP resource and is also
|
|
invoked by the \fBallow-color-ops\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "allow-font-ops(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBallowFontOps\fP resource and is also
|
|
invoked by the \fBallow-font-ops\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "allow-send-events(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBallowSendEvents\fP resource and is also
|
|
invoked by the \fBallowsends\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "allow-tcap-ops(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBallowTcapOps\fP resource and is also
|
|
invoked by the \fBallow-tcap-ops\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "allow-title-ops(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBallowTitleOps\fP resource and is also
|
|
invoked by the \fBallow-title-ops\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "allow-window-ops(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBallowWindowOps\fP resource and is also
|
|
invoked by the \fBallow-window-ops\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "alt-sends-escape()"
|
|
This action toggles the state of the \fBaltSendsEscape\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "bell([\fIpercent\fP])"
|
|
This action rings the keyboard bell at the specified percentage
|
|
above or below the base volume.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "clear-saved-lines()"
|
|
This action does \fBhard-reset()\fP (see below) and also clears the history
|
|
of lines saved off the top of the screen.
|
|
It is also invoked from the \fBclearsavedlines\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
The effect is identical to a hardware reset (RIS) control sequence.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "copy-selection(\fIdestname\fP [, ...])"
|
|
This action puts the currently selected text into all of the selections or
|
|
cutbuffers specified by \fIdestname\fP.
|
|
Unlike \fBselect-end\fP, it does not send a mouse position or otherwise
|
|
modify the internal selection state.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "create-menu(\fIm/v/f/t\fP)"
|
|
This action creates one of the menus used by \fI\*n\fP,
|
|
if it has not been previously created.
|
|
The parameter values are the menu names:
|
|
\fImainMenu\fP, \fIvtMenu\fP, \fIfontMenu\fP, \fItekMenu\fP, respectively.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "dabbrev-expand()"
|
|
Expands the word before cursor by searching in the preceding text on the
|
|
screen and in the scrollback buffer for words starting with that
|
|
abbreviation.
|
|
Repeating \fBdabbrev-expand()\fP several times in sequence searches for an
|
|
alternative expansion by looking farther back.
|
|
Lack of more matches is signaled by a \fBbeep()\fP.
|
|
Attempts to expand an empty word
|
|
(i.e., when cursor is preceded by a space) yield successively all previous
|
|
words.
|
|
Consecutive identical expansions are ignored.
|
|
The word here is defined as a sequence of non-whitespace characters.
|
|
This feature partially emulates the behavior
|
|
of \*(``dynamic abbreviation\*('' expansion in Emacs (bound there to M\-/).
|
|
Here is a resource setting for \fI\*n\fP which will do the same thing:
|
|
.NS
|
|
*VT100*translations: #override \\n\\\&
|
|
Meta <KeyPress> /:dabbrev-expand()
|
|
.NE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "deiconify()"
|
|
Changes the window state back to normal, if it was iconified.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "delete-is-del()"
|
|
This action toggles the state of the \fBdeleteIsDEL\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "dired-button()"
|
|
Handles a button event (other than press and release)
|
|
by echoing the event's position
|
|
(i.e., character line and column) in the following format:
|
|
.sp
|
|
.in +8
|
|
^X ESC G <line+\*(`` \*(''> <col+\*(`` \*(''>
|
|
.in -8
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "fullscreen(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBfullscreen\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "iconify()"
|
|
Iconifies the window.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "hard-reset()"
|
|
This action resets the scrolling region, tabs, window size, and cursor keys
|
|
and clears the screen.
|
|
It is also invoked from the \fBhardreset\fP
|
|
entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "ignore()"
|
|
This action ignores the event but checks for special pointer position
|
|
escape sequences.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "insert()"
|
|
This action inserts the character or string associated with
|
|
the key that was pressed.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "insert-eight-bit()"
|
|
This action inserts an eight-bit (Meta) version of the character or string
|
|
associated with the key that was pressed.
|
|
Only single-byte values are treated specially.
|
|
The exact action depends on the value of
|
|
the \fBaltSendsEscape\fP and
|
|
the \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP and
|
|
the \fBeightBitInput\fP resources.
|
|
The \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP resource is tested first.
|
|
See the \fBeightBitInput\fP resource for a full discussion.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The term \*(``eight-bit\*('' is misleading:
|
|
\fI\*n\fP checks if the key is in the range 128 to 255
|
|
(the eighth bit is set).
|
|
If the value is in that range,
|
|
depending on the resource values,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP may then do one of the following:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.bP
|
|
add 128 to the value, setting its eighth bit,
|
|
.bP
|
|
send an ESC byte before the key, or
|
|
.bP
|
|
send the key unaltered.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "exec-formatted(\fIformat\fP, \fIsourcename\fP [, ...])"
|
|
Execute an external command,
|
|
using the current selection for part of the command's parameters.
|
|
The first parameter, \fIformat\fP gives the basic command.
|
|
Succeeding parameters specify the selection source as in \fBinsert-selection\fP.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The \fIformat\fP parameter allows these substitutions:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
%%
|
|
inserts a "%".
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
%P
|
|
the screen-position at the beginning of the highlighted region,
|
|
as a semicolon-separated pair of integers using the
|
|
values that the CUP control sequence would use.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
%p
|
|
the screen-position after the beginning of the highlighted region,
|
|
using the same convention as \*(``%P\*(''.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
%S
|
|
the length of the string that \*(``%s\*('' would insert.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
%s
|
|
the content of the selection, unmodified.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
%T
|
|
the length of the string that \*(``%t\*('' would insert.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
%t
|
|
the selection, trimmed of leading/trailing whitespace, and newlines
|
|
changed to single spaces.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
%V
|
|
the video attributes at the beginning of the highlighted region,
|
|
as a semicolon-separated list of integers using the
|
|
values that the SGR control sequence would use.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
%v
|
|
the video attributes after the end of the highlighted region,
|
|
using the same convention as \*(``%V\*(''.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
After constructing the command-string,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP forks a subprocess and executes the command,
|
|
which completes independently of \*n.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "exec-selectable(\fIformat\fP, \fIonClicks\fP)"
|
|
Execute an external command,
|
|
using data copied from the screen for part of the command's parameters.
|
|
The first parameter, \fIformat\fP gives
|
|
the basic command as in \fBexec-formatted\fP.
|
|
The second parameter specifies the method for copying
|
|
the data as in the \fBonClicks\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "insert-formatted(\fIformat\fP, \fIsourcename\fP [, ...])"
|
|
Insert the current selection or data related to it, formatted.
|
|
The first parameter, \fIformat\fP gives the template for the data
|
|
as in \fBexec-formatted\fP.
|
|
Succeeding parameters specify the selection source as in \fBinsert-selection\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "insert-selectable(\fIformat\fP, \fIonClicks\fP)"
|
|
Insert data copied from the screen, formatted.
|
|
The first parameter, \fIformat\fP gives the template for the data
|
|
as in \fBexec-formatted\fP.
|
|
The second parameter specifies the method for copying
|
|
the data as in the \fBonClicks\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "insert-selection(\fIsourcename\fP [, ...])"
|
|
This action inserts the string found in the selection or cutbuffer indicated
|
|
by \fIsourcename\fP.
|
|
Sources are checked in the order given (case is
|
|
significant) until one is found.
|
|
Commonly-used selections include:
|
|
\fIPRIMARY\fP, \fISECONDARY\fP, and \fICLIPBOARD\fP.
|
|
Cut buffers are
|
|
typically named \fICUT_BUFFER0\fP through \fICUT_BUFFER7\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "insert-seven-bit()"
|
|
This action is a synonym for \fBinsert()\fP
|
|
The term \*(``seven-bit\*('' is misleading:
|
|
it only implies that \fI\*n\fP does not try to add 128 to the key's value
|
|
as in \fBinsert-eight-bit()\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "interpret(\fIcontrol-sequence\fP)"
|
|
Interpret the given control sequence locally, i.e., without passing it to
|
|
the host.
|
|
This works by inserting the control sequence at the front
|
|
of the input buffer.
|
|
Use \*(``\\\*('' to escape octal digits in the string.
|
|
Xt does not allow you to put a null character (i.e., \*(``\\000\*('') in the string.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "keymap(\fIname\fP)"
|
|
This action dynamically defines a new translation table whose resource
|
|
name is \fIname\fP with the suffix \fIKeymap\fP (case is significant).
|
|
The name \fINone\fP restores the original translation table.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "larger-vt-font()"
|
|
Set the font to the next larger one, based on the font dimensions.
|
|
See also \fBset-vt-font()\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "load-vt-fonts(\fIname\fP[,\fIclass\fP])"
|
|
Load fontnames from the given subresource name and class.
|
|
That is, load the \*(``*VT100.\fIname\fP.font\*('',
|
|
resource as \*(``*VT100.font\*('' etc.
|
|
If no name is given, the original set of fontnames is restored.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Unlike \fBset-vt-font()\fR, this does not affect the escape- and select-fonts,
|
|
since those are not based on resource values.
|
|
It does affect the fonts loosely organized under the \*(``Default\*('' menu
|
|
entry, including \fBfont\fP, \fBboldFont\fP, \fBwideFont\fP and \fBwideBoldFont\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "maximize()"
|
|
Resizes the window to fill the screen.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "meta-sends-escape()"
|
|
This action toggles the state of the \fBmetaSendsEscape\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "popup-menu(\fImenuname\fP)"
|
|
This action displays the specified popup menu.
|
|
Valid names (case is
|
|
significant) include: \fImainMenu\fP, \fIvtMenu\fP, \fIfontMenu\fP,
|
|
and \fItekMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "print(\fIprinter-flags\fP)"
|
|
This action prints the window.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fIprint\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The action accepts optional parameters, which temporarily override
|
|
resource settings.
|
|
The parameter values are matched ignoring case:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
noFormFeed
|
|
no form feed will be sent at the end of the last line printed
|
|
(i.e., \fBprinterFormFeed\fP is ``false'').
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
FormFeed
|
|
a form feed will be sent at the end of the last line printed
|
|
(i.e., \fBprinterFormFeed\fP is ``true'').
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
noNewLine
|
|
no newline will be sent at the end of the last line printed,
|
|
and wrapped lines will be combined into long lines
|
|
(i.e., \fBprinterNewLine\fP is ``false'').
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
NewLine
|
|
a newline will be sent at the end of the last line printed,
|
|
and each line will be limited (by adding a newline) to the screen width
|
|
(i.e., \fBprinterNewLine\fP is ``true'').
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
noAttrs
|
|
the page is printed without attributes
|
|
(i.e., \fBprintAttributes\fP is ``0'').
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
monoAttrs
|
|
the page is printed with monochrome (vt220) attributes
|
|
(i.e., \fBprintAttributes\fP is ``1'').
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
colorAttrs
|
|
the page is printed with ANSI color attributes
|
|
(i.e., \fBprintAttributes\fP is ``2'').
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "print-everything(\fIprinter-flags\fP)"
|
|
This action sends the entire text history, in addition to the text
|
|
currently visible, to the program given in the \fBprinterCommand\fP resource.
|
|
It allows the same optional parameters as the \fBprint\fP action.
|
|
With a suitable printer command, the action can be used to load the text
|
|
history in an editor.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "print-immediate()"
|
|
Sends the text of the current window directly to a file,
|
|
as specified by the
|
|
\fBprintFileImmediate\fP,
|
|
\fBprintModeImmediate\fP and
|
|
\fBprintOptsImmediate\fP
|
|
resources.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "print-on-error()"
|
|
Toggles a flag telling \fI\*n\fP that if it exits with an X error,
|
|
to send the text of the current window directly to a file,
|
|
as specified by the
|
|
\fBprintFileXError\fP,
|
|
\fBprintModeXError\fP and
|
|
\fBprintOptsXError\fP
|
|
resources.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "print-redir()"
|
|
This action toggles the \fBprinterControlMode\fR between 0 and 2.
|
|
The corresponding popup menu entry is useful for switching the printer
|
|
off if you happen to change your mind after deciding to print random
|
|
binary files on the terminal.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "quit()"
|
|
This action sends a SIGHUP to the subprogram and exits.
|
|
It is also invoked
|
|
by the \fBquit\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "readline-button()"
|
|
Supports the optional readline feature by echoing repeated cursor forward
|
|
or backward control sequences on button release event,
|
|
to request that the host application update its notion of the cursor's
|
|
position to match the button event.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "redraw()"
|
|
This action redraws the window.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fIredraw\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "restore()"
|
|
Restores the window to the size before it was last maximized.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scroll-back(\fIcount\fP [,\fIunits\fP [,\fImouse\fP] ])"
|
|
This action scrolls the text window backward so that text that had previously
|
|
scrolled off the top of the screen is now visible.
|
|
.IP
|
|
The \fIcount\fP argument
|
|
indicates the number of \fIunits\fP (which may be \fIpage\fP, \fIhalfpage\fP,
|
|
\fIpixel\fP, or \fIline\fP) by which to scroll.
|
|
.IP
|
|
An adjustment can be specified for these values
|
|
by appending a \*(``+\*('' or \*(``\-\*(''
|
|
sign followed by a number,
|
|
e.g., \fIpage\-2\fP to specify 2 lines less than a page.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If the third parameter \fImouse\fP is given, the action is ignored when
|
|
mouse reporting is enabled.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scroll-forw(\fIcount\fP [,\fIunits\fP [,\fImouse\fP] ])"
|
|
This action is similar to \fBscroll-back\fP except that it scrolls
|
|
in the other direction.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "secure()"
|
|
This action toggles the \fISecure Keyboard\fP mode described in the
|
|
section named \fBSECURITY\fP, and is invoked from the \fBsecurekbd\fP
|
|
entry in \fImainMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "scroll-lock(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles internal state which tells
|
|
\fI\*n\fP whether Scroll Lock is active,
|
|
subject to the \fBallowScrollLock\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "select-cursor-end(\fIdestname\fP [, ...])"
|
|
This action is similar to \fBselect-end\fP except that it should be used
|
|
with \fBselect-cursor-start\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "select-cursor-extend()"
|
|
This action is similar to \fBselect-extend\fP except that it should be used
|
|
with \fBselect-cursor-start\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "select-cursor-start()"
|
|
This action is similar to \fBselect-start\fP except that it begins the
|
|
selection at the current text cursor position.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "select-end(\fIdestname\fP [, ...])"
|
|
This action puts the currently selected text into all of the selections or
|
|
cutbuffers specified by \fIdestname\fP.
|
|
It also sends a mouse position and updates the internal selection state
|
|
to reflect the end of the selection process.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "select-extend()"
|
|
This action tracks the pointer and extends the selection.
|
|
It should only be bound to Motion events.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "select-set()"
|
|
This action stores text that corresponds to the current selection,
|
|
without affecting the selection mode.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "select-start()"
|
|
This action begins text selection at the current pointer location.
|
|
See
|
|
the section on \fBPOINTER USAGE\fP for information on making selections.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "send-signal(\fIsigname\fP)"
|
|
This action sends the signal named by \fIsigname\fP
|
|
to the \fI\*n\fP subprocess (the shell or program specified with
|
|
the \fI\-e\fP command line option).
|
|
It is also invoked by the
|
|
.BR suspend ,
|
|
.BR continue ,
|
|
.BR interrupt ,
|
|
.BR hangup ,
|
|
.BR terminate ,
|
|
and
|
|
.BR kill
|
|
entries in \fImainMenu\fP.
|
|
Allowable signal names are (case is
|
|
not significant):
|
|
\fItstp\fP (if supported by the operating system), \fIsuspend\fP (same
|
|
as \fItstp\fP), \fIcont\fP
|
|
(if supported by the operating system), \fIint\fP, \fIhup\fP, \fIterm\fP,
|
|
\fIquit\fP,
|
|
\fIalrm\fP, \fIalarm\fP (same as \fIalrm\fP) and \fIkill\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-8-bit-control(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBeightBitControl\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the \fB8-bit-control\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-allow132(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBc132\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the \fBallow132\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-altscreen(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles between the alternate and current screens.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-appcursor(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the handling Application Cursor Key mode
|
|
and is also invoked by the \fBappcursor\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-appkeypad(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the handling of Application Keypad mode and is also
|
|
invoked by the \fBappkeypad\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-autolinefeed(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles automatic insertion of linefeeds.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBautolinefeed\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-autowrap(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles automatic wrapping of long lines.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBautowrap\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-backarrow(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBbackarrowKey\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the \fBbackarrow key\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-bellIsUrgent(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBbellIsUrgent\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBbellIsUrgent\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-cursorblink(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBcursorBlink\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the \fBcursorblink\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-cursesemul(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBcurses\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the \fBcursesemul\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-font-doublesize(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBfontDoublesize\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBfont-doublesize\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-hp-function-keys(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBhpFunctionKeys\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBhpFunctionKeys\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-jumpscroll(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBjumpscroll\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBjumpscroll\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-font-linedrawing(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fI\*n\fR's state regarding whether the current font
|
|
has line-drawing characters and whether it should draw them directly.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBfont-linedrawing\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP.
|
|
.\" .\" not implemented
|
|
.\" .TP 8
|
|
.\" .B "set-font-loading(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
.\" This action sets, unsets or toggles the TBD resource
|
|
.\" which controls the ability to load VT220 soft fonts.
|
|
.\" It is also invoked by the \fBfont-loadable\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-font-packed(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fIforcePackedFont\fR's resource
|
|
which controls use of the font's minimum or maximum glyph width.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBfont-packed\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-keep-selection(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBkeepSelection\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBkeepSelection\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-logging(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the state of the logging option.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-old-function-keys(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the state of legacy function keys.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBoldFunctionKeys\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-marginbell(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBmarginBell\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-num-lock(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action toggles the state of the \fBnumLock\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-pop-on-bell(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBpopOnBell\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBpoponbell\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-private-colors(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBprivateColorRegisters\fP resource.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-render-font(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBrenderFont\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBrender-font\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-reverse-video(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBreverseVideo\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBreversevideo\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-reversewrap(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBreverseWrap\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBreversewrap\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-scroll-on-key(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBscrollKey\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the \fBscrollkey\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-scroll-on-tty-output(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBscrollTtyOutput\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked from the \fBscrollttyoutput\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-scrollbar(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBscrollbar\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBscrollbar\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-sco-function-keys(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBscoFunctionKeys\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBscoFunctionKeys\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-select(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBselectToClipboard\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBselectToClipboard\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-sixel-scrolling(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action toggles between inline (sixel scrolling) and absolute positioning.
|
|
It can also be controlled via DEC private mode 80 (DECSDM) or from
|
|
the \fBsixelScrolling\fP entry in the \fIbtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-sun-function-keys(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBsunFunctionKeys\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBsunFunctionKeys\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-sun-keyboard(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBsunKeyboard\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBsunKeyboard\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-tek-text(\fIlarge/2/3/small\fP)"
|
|
This action sets the font used in the Tektronix window to the value of the
|
|
selected resource according to the argument.
|
|
The argument can be either a keyword or single-letter alias,
|
|
as shown in parentheses:
|
|
.RS
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
large (l)
|
|
Use resource \fBfontLarge\fP, same as menu entry \fBtektextlarge\fP.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
two (2)
|
|
Use resource \fBfont2\fP, same as menu entry \fBtektext2\fP.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
three (3)
|
|
Use resource \fBfont3\fP, same as menu entry \fBtektext3\fP.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
small (s)
|
|
Use resource \fBfontSmall\fP, same as menu entry \fBtektextsmall\fP.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-terminal-type(\fItype\fP)"
|
|
This action directs output to either the \fIvt\fP or \fItek\fP windows,
|
|
according to the \fItype\fP string.
|
|
It is also invoked by the
|
|
\fBtekmode\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP and the \fBvtmode\fP entry in
|
|
\fItekMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-titeInhibit(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBtiteInhibit\fP resource,
|
|
which controls switching between the alternate and current screens.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-toolbar(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the toolbar feature.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBtoolbar\fP entry in \fImainMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-utf8-mode(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fButf8\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fButf8-mode\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-utf8-title(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fButf8Title\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fButf8-title\fP entry in \fIfontMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-visibility(\fIvt/tek\fP,\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles whether or not the \fIvt\fP or \fItek\fP windows are
|
|
visible.
|
|
It is also invoked from the \fBtekshow\fP and \fBvthide\fP entries
|
|
in \fIvtMenu\fP and the \fBvtshow\fP and \fBtekhide\fP entries in
|
|
\fItekMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-visual-bell(\fIon/off/toggle\fP)"
|
|
This action sets, unsets or toggles the \fBvisualBell\fP resource.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBvisualbell\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "set-vt-font(\fId/1/2/3/4/5/6/e/s\fP [,\fInormalfont\fP [, \fIboldfont\fP]])"
|
|
This action sets the font or fonts currently being used in the VT102 window.
|
|
The first argument is a single character that specifies the font to be
|
|
used:
|
|
.RS 8
|
|
.HP
|
|
\fId\fP or \fID\fP indicate the default font (the font initially
|
|
used when
|
|
\fI\*n\fP was started),
|
|
.HP
|
|
\fI1\fP through \fI6\fP indicate the fonts
|
|
specified by the \fBfont1\fP through \fBfont6\fP resources,
|
|
.HP
|
|
\fIe\fP or \fIE\fP
|
|
indicate the normal and bold fonts that have been set through escape codes
|
|
(or specified as the second and third action arguments, respectively), and
|
|
.HP
|
|
\fIs\fP or \fIS\fP indicate the font selection (as made by programs such as
|
|
\fIxfontsel(__mansuffix__)\fP) indicated by the second action argument.
|
|
.RE
|
|
.IP
|
|
If \fI\*n\fR is configured to support wide characters, an
|
|
additional two optional parameters are recognized for the \fIe\fP argument:
|
|
wide font and wide bold font.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "smaller-vt-font()"
|
|
Set the font to the next smaller one, based on the font dimensions.
|
|
See also \fBset-vt-font()\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "soft-reset()"
|
|
This action resets the scrolling region.
|
|
It is also invoked from the \fBsoftreset\fP entry in \fIvtMenu\fP.
|
|
The effect is identical to a soft reset (DECSTR) control sequence.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "spawn-new-terminal(params)"
|
|
Spawn a new \fI\*n\fP process.
|
|
This is available on systems which have a modern version of the
|
|
process filesystem, e.g., \*(``/proc\*('', which \fI\*n\fP can read.
|
|
.IP
|
|
Use the \*(``cwd\*('' process entry, e.g., /proc/12345/cwd to obtain the
|
|
working directory of the process which is running in the current \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
.IP
|
|
On systems which have the \*(``exe\*('' process entry, e.g., /proc/12345/exe,
|
|
use this to obtain the actual executable.
|
|
Otherwise, use the $PATH variable to find \fI\*n\fP.
|
|
.IP
|
|
If parameters are given in the action,
|
|
pass them to the new \fI\*n\fP process.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "start-extend()"
|
|
This action is similar to \fBselect-start\fP except that the
|
|
selection is extended to the current pointer location.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "start-cursor-extend()"
|
|
This action is similar to \fBselect-extend\fP except that the
|
|
selection is extended to the current text cursor position.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "string(\fIstring\fP)"
|
|
This action inserts the specified text string as if it had been typed.
|
|
Quotation is necessary if the string contains whitespace or
|
|
non-alphanumeric characters.
|
|
If the string argument begins with the
|
|
characters \*(``0x\*('', it is interpreted
|
|
as a hex character constant.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tek-copy()"
|
|
This action copies the escape codes used to generate the current window
|
|
contents to a file in the current directory beginning with the name COPY.
|
|
It is also invoked from the \fItekcopy\fP entry in \fItekMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tek-page()"
|
|
This action clears the Tektronix window.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fBtekpage\fP entry in \fItekMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "tek-reset()"
|
|
This action resets the Tektronix window.
|
|
It is also invoked by the \fItekreset\fP entry in \fItekMenu\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "vi-button()"
|
|
Handles a button event (other than press and release)
|
|
by echoing a control sequence computed from the event's line number
|
|
in the screen relative to the current line:
|
|
.sp
|
|
.in +8
|
|
ESC ^P
|
|
.in -8
|
|
or
|
|
.in +8
|
|
ESC ^N
|
|
.in -8
|
|
.sp
|
|
according to whether the event is before, or after the current line,
|
|
respectively.
|
|
The ^N (or ^P) is repeated once for each line that the event differs
|
|
from the current line.
|
|
The control sequence is omitted altogether if the button event is on the
|
|
current line.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "visual-bell()"
|
|
This action flashes the window quickly.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
The Tektronix window also has the following action:
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B "gin-press(\fIl/L/m/M/r/R\fP)"
|
|
This action sends the indicated graphics input code.
|
|
.
|
|
.SS DEFAULT KEY BINDINGS
|
|
.PP
|
|
The default bindings in the VT102 window use the SELECT token,
|
|
which is set by the \fBselectToClipboard\fP resource:
|
|
.NS
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> Prior:scroll-back(1,halfpage) \\n\\\&
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> Next:scroll-forw(1,halfpage) \\n\\\&
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> Select:select-cursor-start() \\\&
|
|
select-cursor-end(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\&
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> Insert:insert-selection(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\&
|
|
Alt <Key>Return:fullscreen() \\n\\\&
|
|
<KeyRelease> Scroll_Lock:scroll-lock() \\n\\\&
|
|
Shift~Ctrl <KeyPress> KP_Add:larger-vt-font() \\n\\\&
|
|
Shift Ctrl <KeyPress> KP_Add:smaller-vt-font() \\n\\\&
|
|
Shift <KeyPress> KP_Subtract:smaller-vt-font() \\n\\\&
|
|
~Meta <KeyPress>:insert-seven-bit() \\n\\\&
|
|
Meta <KeyPress>:insert-eight-bit() \\n\\\&
|
|
!Ctrl <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>:popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
~Meta <Btn1Down>:select-start() \\n\\\&
|
|
~Meta <Btn1Motion>:select-extend() \\n\\\&
|
|
!Ctrl <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>:popup-menu(vtMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn2Down>:ignore() \\n\\\&
|
|
Meta <Btn2Down>:clear-saved-lines() \\n\\\&
|
|
~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn2Up>:insert-selection(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Ctrl <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Lock Ctrl <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
! @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn3Down>:popup-menu(fontMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
~Ctrl ~Meta <Btn3Down>:start-extend() \\n\\\&
|
|
~Meta <Btn3Motion>:select-extend() \\n\\\&
|
|
Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\&
|
|
Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\&
|
|
Lock @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\&
|
|
@Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn4Down>:scroll-back(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\&
|
|
<Btn4Down>:scroll-back(5,line,m) \\n\\\&
|
|
Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\&
|
|
Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\&
|
|
Lock @Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\&
|
|
@Num_Lock Ctrl <Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(1,halfpage,m) \\n\\\&
|
|
<Btn5Down>:scroll-forw(5,line,m) \\n\\\&
|
|
<BtnUp>:select-end(SELECT, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\&
|
|
<BtnDown>:ignore()
|
|
.NE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The default bindings for the scrollbar widget
|
|
are separate from the VT100 widget:
|
|
.NS
|
|
<Btn5Down>: StartScroll(Forward) \\n\\\&
|
|
<Btn1Down>: StartScroll(Forward) \\n\\\&
|
|
<Btn2Down>: StartScroll(Continuous) MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \\n\\\&
|
|
<Btn3Down>: StartScroll(Backward) \\n\\\&
|
|
<Btn4Down>: StartScroll(Backward) \\n\\\&
|
|
<Btn2Motion>: MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \\n\\\&
|
|
<BtnUp>: NotifyScroll(Proportional) EndScroll()
|
|
.NE
|
|
.PP
|
|
The default bindings in the Tektronix window are:
|
|
.NS
|
|
~Meta<KeyPress>: insert-seven-bit() \\n\\\&
|
|
Meta<KeyPress>: insert-eight-bit() \\n\\\&
|
|
!Ctrl <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Lock Ctrl <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn1Down>: popup-menu(mainMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Ctrl <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Lock Ctrl <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Lock Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
!Ctrl @Num_Lock <Btn2Down>: popup-menu(tekMenu) \\n\\\&
|
|
Shift ~Meta<Btn1Down>: gin-press(L) \\n\\\&
|
|
~Meta<Btn1Down>: gin-press(l) \\n\\\&
|
|
Shift ~Meta<Btn2Down>: gin-press(M) \\n\\\&
|
|
~Meta<Btn2Down>: gin-press(m) \\n\\\&
|
|
Shift ~Meta<Btn3Down>: gin-press(R) \\n\\\&
|
|
~Meta<Btn3Down>: gin-press(r)
|
|
.NE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Here is an example which uses shifted select/paste to copy to the clipboard,
|
|
and unshifted select/paste for the primary selection.
|
|
In each case, a (different) cut buffer is
|
|
also a target or source of the select/paste operation.
|
|
It is important to remember however,
|
|
that cut buffers store data in ISO-8859-1 encoding,
|
|
while selections can store data in a variety of formats and encodings.
|
|
While \fI\*n\fP owns the selection, it highlights it.
|
|
When it loses the selection, it removes the corresponding highlight.
|
|
But you can still paste from the corresponding cut buffer.
|
|
.NS
|
|
*VT100*translations: #override \\n\\\&
|
|
~Shift~Ctrl<Btn2Up>: insert-selection(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\&
|
|
Shift~Ctrl<Btn2Up>: insert-selection(CLIPBOARD, CUT_BUFFER1) \\n\\\&
|
|
~Shift<BtnUp>: select-end(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0) \\n\\\&
|
|
Shift<BtnUp>: select-end(CLIPBOARD, CUT_BUFFER1)
|
|
.NE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Below is a sample of how the \fBkeymap()\fP action is used to add special
|
|
keys for entering commonly-typed works:
|
|
.NS
|
|
*VT100.Translations: #override <Key>F13: keymap(dbx)
|
|
*VT100.dbxKeymap.translations: \\\&
|
|
<Key>F14: keymap(None) \\n\\\&
|
|
<Key>F17: string("next") string(0x0d) \\n\\\&
|
|
<Key>F18: string("step") string(0x0d) \\n\\\&
|
|
<Key>F19: string("continue") string(0x0d) \\n\\\&
|
|
<Key>F20: string("print ") insert-selection(PRIMARY, CUT_BUFFER0)
|
|
.NE
|
|
.PP
|
|
Some people prefer using the left pointer button
|
|
for dragging the scrollbar thumb.
|
|
That can be setup by altering the translations resource, e.g.,
|
|
.NS
|
|
*VT100.scrollbar.translations: #override \\n\\\&
|
|
<Btn5Down>: StartScroll(Forward) \\n\\\&
|
|
<Btn1Down>: StartScroll(Continuous) MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \\n\\\&
|
|
<Btn4Down>: StartScroll(Backward) \\n\\\&
|
|
<Btn1Motion>: MoveThumb() NotifyThumb() \\n\\\&
|
|
<BtnUp>: NotifyScroll(Proportional) EndScroll()
|
|
.NE
|
|
.SH "CONTROL SEQUENCES AND KEYBOARD"
|
|
The \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP document lists the control sequences which
|
|
an application can send \fI\*n\fP to make it perform various operations.
|
|
Most of these operations are standardized, from either the DEC or Tektronix
|
|
terminals, or from more widely used standards such as ISO-6429.
|
|
.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH ENVIRONMENT
|
|
.I Xterm
|
|
sets several environment variables:
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
DISPLAY
|
|
is the display name,
|
|
pointing to the X server (see \fBDISPLAY NAMES\fP in X(__miscmansuffix__)).
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
TERM
|
|
is set according to the termcap (or terminfo) entry which it is using as
|
|
a reference.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
WINDOWID
|
|
is set to the X window id number of the \fI\*n\fP window.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
XTERM_FILTER
|
|
is set if a locale-filter is used.
|
|
The value is the pathname of the filter.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
XTERM_LOCALE
|
|
shows the locale which was used by \fI\*n\fP on startup.
|
|
Some shell initialization scripts may set a different locale.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
XTERM_SHELL
|
|
is set to the pathname of the program which is invoked.
|
|
Usually that is a shell program, e.g., \fI/bin/sh\fP.
|
|
Since it is not necessarily a shell program however,
|
|
it is distinct from \*(``SHELL\*(''.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
XTERM_VERSION
|
|
is set to the string displayed by the \fB\-version\fP option.
|
|
That is normally an identifier for the X Window libraries used to
|
|
build \fI\*n\fP, followed by
|
|
\fI\*n\fP's patch number in parenthesis.
|
|
The patch number is also part of the response to a Secondary Device Attributes
|
|
(DA) control sequence (see \fIXterm Control Sequences\fP).
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Depending on your system configuration, \fI\*n\fP may also set the
|
|
following:
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
COLUMNS
|
|
the width of the \fI\*n\fP in characters (cf: \*(``stty columns\*('').
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
HOME
|
|
when \fI\*n\fP is configured to update utmp.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
LINES
|
|
the height of the \fI\*n\fP in characters (cf: \*(``stty rows\*('').
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
LOGNAME
|
|
when \fI\*n\fP is configured to update utmp.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
SHELL
|
|
when \fI\*n\fP is configured to update utmp.
|
|
It is also set if you provide the shell name as the optional parameter.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
TERMCAP
|
|
the contents of the termcap entry corresponding to $TERM,
|
|
with lines and columns values substituted
|
|
for the actual size window you have created.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
TERMINFO
|
|
may be defined to a nonstandard location in the configure script.
|
|
.\"
|
|
.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH FILES
|
|
The actual pathnames given may differ on your system.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
\fI/etc/utmp\fP
|
|
the system logfile, which records user logins.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
\fI/etc/wtmp\fP
|
|
the system logfile, which records user logins and logouts.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
.I __apploaddir__/__default_class__
|
|
the \fI\*n\fP default application resources.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
.I __apploaddir__/__default_class__\-color
|
|
the \fI\*n\fP color application resources.
|
|
If your display supports color, use this
|
|
.in +10
|
|
*customization: \-color
|
|
.in -10
|
|
in your .Xdefaults file to
|
|
automatically use this resource file rather than
|
|
.IR __apploaddir__/__default_class__ .
|
|
If you do not do this,
|
|
\fI\*n\fP uses its compiled-in default resource settings for colors.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
.I __pixmapsdir__
|
|
the directory in which \fI\*n\fP's pixmap icon files are installed.
|
|
.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH ERROR MESSAGES
|
|
Most of the fatal error messages from \fI\*n\fP use the following format:
|
|
.RS
|
|
\*n: Error \fIXXX\fP, errno \fIYYY\fP: \fIZZZ\fP
|
|
.RE
|
|
The \fIXXX\fP codes (which are used by \fI\*n\fP as its exit-code)
|
|
are listed below, with a brief explanation.
|
|
.TP 5
|
|
1
|
|
is used for miscellaneous errors, usually accompanied by a specific message,
|
|
.TP
|
|
11
|
|
ERROR_FIONBIO
|
|
.br
|
|
main: ioctl() failed on FIONBIO
|
|
.TP
|
|
12
|
|
ERROR_F_GETFL
|
|
.br
|
|
main: ioctl() failed on F_GETFL
|
|
.TP
|
|
13
|
|
ERROR_F_SETFL
|
|
.br
|
|
main: ioctl() failed on F_SETFL
|
|
.TP
|
|
14
|
|
ERROR_OPDEVTTY
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: open() failed on /dev/tty
|
|
.TP
|
|
15
|
|
ERROR_TIOCGETP
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCGETP
|
|
.TP
|
|
17
|
|
ERROR_PTSNAME
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: ptsname() failed
|
|
.TP
|
|
18
|
|
ERROR_OPPTSNAME
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: open() failed on ptsname
|
|
.TP
|
|
19
|
|
ERROR_PTEM
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ptem"
|
|
.TP
|
|
20
|
|
ERROR_CONSEM
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"consem"
|
|
.TP
|
|
21
|
|
ERROR_LDTERM
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ldterm"
|
|
.TP
|
|
22
|
|
ERROR_TTCOMPAT
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on I_PUSH/"ttcompat"
|
|
.TP
|
|
23
|
|
ERROR_TIOCSETP
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETP
|
|
.TP
|
|
24
|
|
ERROR_TIOCSETC
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETC
|
|
.TP
|
|
25
|
|
ERROR_TIOCSETD
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSETD
|
|
.TP
|
|
26
|
|
ERROR_TIOCSLTC
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCSLTC
|
|
.TP
|
|
27
|
|
ERROR_TIOCLSET
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCLSET
|
|
.TP
|
|
28
|
|
ERROR_INIGROUPS
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: initgroups() failed
|
|
.TP
|
|
29
|
|
ERROR_FORK
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: fork() failed
|
|
.TP
|
|
30
|
|
ERROR_EXEC
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: exec() failed
|
|
.TP
|
|
32
|
|
ERROR_PTYS
|
|
.br
|
|
get_pty: not enough ptys
|
|
.TP
|
|
34
|
|
ERROR_PTY_EXEC
|
|
.br
|
|
waiting for initial map
|
|
.TP
|
|
35
|
|
ERROR_SETUID
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: setuid() failed
|
|
.TP
|
|
36
|
|
ERROR_INIT
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: can't initialize window
|
|
.TP
|
|
46
|
|
ERROR_TIOCKSET
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCKSET
|
|
.TP
|
|
47
|
|
ERROR_TIOCKSETC
|
|
.br
|
|
spawn: ioctl() failed on TIOCKSETC
|
|
.TP
|
|
49
|
|
ERROR_LUMALLOC
|
|
.br
|
|
luit: command-line malloc failed
|
|
.TP
|
|
50
|
|
ERROR_SELECT
|
|
.br
|
|
in_put: select() failed
|
|
.TP
|
|
54
|
|
ERROR_VINIT
|
|
.br
|
|
VTInit: can't initialize window
|
|
.TP
|
|
57
|
|
ERROR_KMMALLOC1
|
|
.br
|
|
HandleKeymapChange: malloc failed
|
|
.TP
|
|
60
|
|
ERROR_TSELECT
|
|
.br
|
|
Tinput: select() failed
|
|
.TP
|
|
64
|
|
ERROR_TINIT
|
|
.br
|
|
TekInit: can't initialize window
|
|
.TP
|
|
71
|
|
ERROR_BMALLOC2
|
|
.br
|
|
SaltTextAway: malloc() failed
|
|
.TP
|
|
80
|
|
ERROR_LOGEXEC
|
|
.br
|
|
StartLog: exec() failed
|
|
.TP
|
|
83
|
|
ERROR_XERROR
|
|
.br
|
|
xerror: XError event
|
|
.TP
|
|
84
|
|
ERROR_XIOERROR
|
|
.br
|
|
xioerror: X I/O error
|
|
.TP
|
|
85
|
|
ERROR_ICEERROR
|
|
.br
|
|
ICE I/O error
|
|
.TP
|
|
90
|
|
ERROR_SCALLOC
|
|
.br
|
|
Alloc: calloc() failed on base
|
|
.TP
|
|
91
|
|
ERROR_SCALLOC2
|
|
.br
|
|
Alloc: calloc() failed on rows
|
|
.TP
|
|
102
|
|
ERROR_SAVE_PTR
|
|
.br
|
|
ScrnPointers: malloc/realloc() failed
|
|
.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH BUGS
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Large pastes do not work on some systems.
|
|
This is not a bug in
|
|
\fI\*n\fP; it is a bug in the pseudo terminal driver of those
|
|
systems.
|
|
\fI\*n\fP feeds large pastes to the pty only as fast as the pty
|
|
will accept data, but some pty drivers do not return enough information
|
|
to know if the write has succeeded.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
When connected to an input method, it is possible for \*n to hang
|
|
if the XIM server is suspended or killed.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Many of the options are not resettable after
|
|
.I \*n
|
|
starts.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
This program still needs to be rewritten.
|
|
It should be split into very
|
|
modular sections, with the various emulators being completely separate
|
|
widgets that do not know about each other.
|
|
Ideally, you'd like to be able to
|
|
pick and choose emulator widgets and stick them into a single control widget.
|
|
.
|
|
.PP
|
|
There needs to be a dialog box to allow entry of the Tek COPY file name.
|
|
.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH "SEE ALSO"
|
|
.na
|
|
resize(__mansuffix__),
|
|
luit(__mansuffix__),
|
|
u\*n(__mansuffix__),
|
|
X(__miscmansuffix__),
|
|
pty(4),
|
|
tty(4)
|
|
.ad
|
|
.PP
|
|
\fIXterm Control Sequences\fP
|
|
(this is the file ctlseqs.ms).
|
|
.sp
|
|
http://invisible-island.net/xterm/xterm.html
|
|
.br
|
|
http://invisible-island.net/xterm/ctlseqs/ctlseqs.html
|
|
.
|
|
.
|
|
.SH AUTHORS
|
|
Far too many people, including:
|
|
.sp
|
|
Loretta Guarino Reid (DEC-UEG-WSL),
|
|
Joel McCormack (DEC-UEG-WSL), Terry Weissman (DEC-UEG-WSL),
|
|
Edward Moy (Berkeley), Ralph R. Swick (MIT-Athena),
|
|
Mark Vandevoorde (MIT-Athena), Bob McNamara (DEC-MAD),
|
|
Jim Gettys (MIT-Athena), Bob Scheifler (MIT X Consortium), Doug Mink (SAO),
|
|
Steve Pitschke (Stellar), Ron Newman (MIT-Athena), Jim Fulton (MIT X
|
|
Consortium), Dave Serisky (HP), Jonathan Kamens (MIT-Athena),
|
|
Jason Bacon,
|
|
Stephen P. Wall,
|
|
David Wexelblat, and
|
|
Thomas Dickey (invisible-island.net).
|
|
.SH OPENBSD SPECIFICS
|
|
On OpenBSD, the following resources have different default values:
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B allowFontOps: false
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B allowWindowOps: false
|
|
Various, potentially dangerous, extended window control sequences are disabled.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B deleteIsDEL: true
|
|
The Delete key generates \fB^?\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B ptyInitialErase: true
|
|
The erase character for the tty is inherited from the parent
|
|
process setting, generally \fB^?\fP.
|
|
.TP 8
|
|
.B backarrowKeyIsErase: true
|
|
The back arrow key is set to return the erase character defined in the
|
|
tty, generally \fB^?\fP.
|
|
.PP
|
|
Moreover, on OpenBSD the
|
|
.IR termcap(5)
|
|
entry for xterm defines the
|
|
.I kb
|
|
capability as \fB^?\fP
|